Upload
alfredo-rodrigues-neto
View
115
Download
10
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Enhancing people’s lives with lightingOutdoor Luminaires Catalogue 2009 - 2011
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.1
1.1Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction
Enhancing people’s lives with lightingLight is a fundamental part of life. It gives us the natural rhythm of day and night, determines how we see things and brings the world to life. Accordingly, light has a major impact on our well-being, mood and emotions. It inspires, attracts, communicates, sets the scene and enhances our experience of architectural spaces.
Each year, we at Philips invest heavily in research to gather end-user insights, further deepening our understanding of people’s needs, desires and aspirations. Combining these insights with our technological
systems that are designed around people and are easy to experience – solutions that will help us create a sustainable future.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires1.2 Introduction
Page 3.1Road and tunnel lighting
Page 3.99Lighting management
Contents
Page 2.1Urban lighting
Page 2.151Customized solutions
Page 2.158Project luminaires
Page 1.1Introduction
Philips outdoor luminaires 1.3Introduction
Page 4.1Architectural lighting
Page 4.69Scene setting lighting controls
Page 5.1Sports and area lighting
Page 6.1Amenity lighting
Page 7.1Petrol station lighting
Page 8.1Technical data
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.4
Product overview
CityWingUrbanScene UrbanLine Lightcolumn
CityVision NightwatchCitySoul
Iridium Koffer2
FGS103/104/105 SRS201 Tunlite
Milewide
Modena
2.16 2.26 2.32 2.36
2.1382.1322.1182.112
3.10 3.16
3.78
3.32 3.44
3.903.82
Urban lighting
Road and tunnel lighting
Architectural lighting
Helios TriangelArkenVikingVision 2.1762.1742.1722.168
ColorBlast Beamer LEDLEDline² 4.14 4.26 4.36 4.42
Philips outdoor luminaires 1.5Introduction
Metronomis CitySpirit CityZenCPS200 Urbana
Manta Selenium AluRoadSGS203/403
CitySpirit Street &
Street Color
2.40 2.68 2.1042.1022.982.92
3.623.50 3.54 3.58
Vivara AsklepiosVivaraZONVerona 2.1602.1462.1442.140 Aether Lightshell 2.1662.164
PivotCitySwan 2.1842.180
ColorBurst 6 iColor Accent
Powercore
C-Splash 2 DecoScene4.46 4.50 4.54 4.84 4.1124.76
ResidiumMalaga 3.68 3.72
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.6
Product overview
EFix Amazon LED Marker LED
OptiVision ComfortVisionPowerVision
QVF415/416/417QKF102MVF415
Amazon
ObstiVision FGC/SGS/XGC113 FWC110/120/121
4.126 4.130 4.138 4.142
5.22 5.26 5.32
5.805.76
6.6
5.72
6.46.2
ArenaVision 5.8
Architectural lighting
Sports and area lighting
Amenitylighting
MINI 300 Cube MPF111/1127.6 7.14
Petrol station lighting
FCC110/120 6.6
Philips outdoor luminaires 1.7Introduction
Underwater LED Contour Batten
LED
Flex LED NG
MVF480 MINI 300 Stealth SNF100/300 TempoOptiFloodGeartrays ZVF320
FGC100 FGC111
4.148 4.156 4.160
5.36
6.146.12
5.40 5.44 5.52 5.60 5.66
Lattis LED 4.162
NyteWatch 6.16
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.8
Quality of life – the challenge of unparalleled urbanizationA century ago less than 10% of the world’s population lived in cities. By the start
century it will be over 75%. Faced with this unparalleled expansion, city authorities worldwide recognize the need to re-humanize the urban environment by tackling crime and vandalism, promoting tourism, developing local business and fostering local identity and pride.
1.9Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction
city.people.lightOver the past decade, Philips has been engaged in a process – called city.people.light – to explore how light can be applied to enrich and simplify the human experience of the urban setting. city.people.light aims to stretch creative and intellectual boundaries towards more innovative and relevant solutions. To do this, we enrich our own thinking through extensive dialog. We share ideas and network with partners such as the Professional Lighting Designers Association (PLDA), and we have established an annual city.people.light award in conjunctionwith LUCI (Lighting Urban Community International) Association.
Cologne, Germany. Winner city.people.light award 2005
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.10“I helped my city save costs and protect the environment.”
Mr Bouchet, Director of Public Lighting, City of Lyon, France
1.11Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction
Lighting a greener urban futureThe landscape of the lighting industry is changing fast, driven by the energy-
revolution, not to mention legislative pressures such as Kyoto and the Energy-using Products directive. To help municipal decision makers keep up to date with the latest developments and the best solutions for creating a sustainable city, we are spreading the word under the theme of Sustainable Cities. In this way we want to help urban authorities reduce energy consumption, thereby helping to lower CO2 emissions, and improve the quality of life in their towns and cities.
Sustainability – simple changes, major impact Philips has a long-standing commitment to providing lighting solutions that improve people’s lives and are environmentally sound. This is one of the cornerstones of our sustainability policy, whereby we strive to balance our social, economic and environmental responsibilities.
Proactively addressing environmental issues in pursuit of a sustainable, ‘brighter’ future, we
substances and reduce waste. The four key themes at the heart of our sustainability drive for urban lighting are white light, energy management, night preservation and solid-state lighting.
Thanks to Philips’ sustainable outdoor lighting solutions, it has never been easier to use light in a responsible way.
Best environmental choiceOur top EcoDesigned products carry the Green Product Logo. An independent external consultant has validated
better than comparable products in terms of energy
and offer a better overall environmental performance.
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.12
1.13Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction
Transforming your urban nightscapeToday, outdoor lighting solutions no longer have to rely only on yellow light. There is an alternative which is much more successful in combining the qualities
alternative is high-quality white light. High-quality white light can transform urban streets at night – and not just aesthetically, but also in terms of safety, security
Research has demonstrated that high-quality white light offers many clear advantages over yellow light. For example, the ambience is perceived as brighter, colors appear more natural and it is easier for pedestrians and cyclists to recognize the faces of other people and obstacles on the street. This greater clarity improves the general feeling of security. Because it improves visibility, especially in the periphery, which can be very important for motorists, white light can make the roads safer as well. And that’s not all. Modern white light sources offer comparable or
High-quality white light is the ‘green switch’ solution for outdoor installations, allowing
greater distance between luminaires in new installations, to reduce the mounting height in refurbishment projects, or to install lower wattage lamps in upgrades. This means lower running costs – and CO2 emissions that are lower than was ever thought possible – as well as superior light quality.
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.14
Energy management – lighting only when it is neededEnergy management is a top priority. Many of the city.people.light concepts focus on energy management, possible ways of ‘recycling’ energy and different types of energy source (e.g. solar, gas, electricity). They also acknowledge the potential
and communication. Against this background, the research indicates that issues of lighting design and energy management will become increasingly interlinked and convergent over the coming decade.
1.15Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction
A 16, The Netherlands
Several options for energy management are proposed, from intelligent lighting, where the lighting is triggered by activity, to alternative energy sources and stand-alone solutions as
people’s needs and patterns of use throughout the entire 24 hours, simply by adjusting the source, intensity and direction.
We can manage – and reduce – our energy consumption by managing our lighting effectively. A good lighting application is characterized, among other things, by having precisely the right level of lighting in the right place at the right time. The required lighting level often depends on
there are few people out and about to see them? Dimming is an ideal means of saving energy without adversely affecting either light uniformity or safety.
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.16 Vlissingen, The Netherlands
1.17Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction
Night preservation – light only where it is neededThere is growing public concern about a number of lighting-related issues such as night preservation and light nuisance on facades. Night preservation means reducing ‘wasted light’ at night while maintaining a safe level of visibility. At Philips, we design sustainable solutions to minimize obtrusive and stray light, thus reducing light pollution and saving energy.
Light nuisance includes ‘light trespass’, for example light that enters our bedrooms and prevents us from sleeping. There is also ‘direct upward light’, i.e. light that is wasted and can disturb the biorhythm of wildlife. ‘Sky glow’ prevents astronomers from seeing the stars, but also prevents the general public from enjoying the wonderful night-time atmosphere. Finally, ‘glare’ has a direct impact on our visual comfort, but also on our safety because it reduces our ability to see.
night sky and the bright glare of light pollution. A good place to start would be to minimize the intensity of urban lighting. Lighting is therefore managed as a functional asset for people’s guidance and comfort in the city. The lighting solution would take the form of minimal light dots distributed precisely and integrated into the streets around us. Such an approach would enable us all to experience the night in a more natural way.
Philips has a wide range of outdoor lighting solutions designed to deliverthe required quality and quantity of light while also reducing light pollution and saving energy.
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.18
Solid-state lighting – solid progress
lighting since the invention of electric light well over a century ago. Offering excellent light quality and unprecedented design freedom in terms of color, dynamics, miniaturization and architectural integration, it is opening up exciting new possibilities, e.g. for scene setting and ambience creation.
1.19Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction
Suzhou science and culture art center, China
Architect: Paul Andreu; Paris, France
Lighting design: Mr. Y. Nakamura; Tokyo Shomei Consultant Co., Ltd., Tokyo Japan
LEDs provide a completely new form of lighting. Linear LED light sources and the rise of grazing lighting applications are changing the way we use light. The light output of LEDs is increasing rapidly, making them suitable for general lighting applications. LEDs are more energy
every two years.
From theater sets and television studios to renowned architectural structures, interiors and artworks, Philips’ customers are pushing the boundaries in their forward-looking use of light to enhance spaces, build brands and appeal to the imagination.
Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.20
1.21Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction
Your partner in lighting designProfessional lighting design requires consideration of the amount of functional light provided, the energy consumed, as well as the aesthetic impact of the lighting system. Philips offers calculation software and plug-ins for commercial software to assist you in the development of your technical and architectural lighting designs.
CalculuxThis lighting-calculation software allows you to select and evaluate your lighting design in a
highways)
Software-plug-ins for commercial softwareWith the Philips Product Selector plug-in you can easily select your required luminaire
design. The plug-in includes all photometrical data and a large collection of 3D models suitable for most visualization programs. The plug-in is available for DIALux, RELUX, Autodesk’s 3D Viz, 3DS MAX and others.
For more information and downloads please visit: www.lightingsoftware.philips.com
Urban lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.2
A vibrant futurePhilips believes that cities, towns and villages should be warm, inviting places that people enjoy living in and visiting. Urban development and regeneration programs are increasingly focused on rehumanizing the urban environment, and we believe lighting has a vital role to play in this regard, creating an appealing, inclusive ambience.
This belief has led Philips to create a range of lighting solutions in which state-of-the-art technology in light sources, optics and materials is combined with clear, elegant design that strikes a balance between contemporary and traditional style.
Place Jean Jaures, Castres, France
Lighting design: ETI Stinville, René Stinville
Photography: Ville de Castres
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.3
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Lighting streets and pedestrian areasLighting plays a central role in how people feel about their city, town or village. That’s why the illumination of streets and pedestrian areas has evolved from simple functional lighting into a more demanding and creative discipline. It should not only provide light in which people can drive, cycle and walk safely, but must be pleasing and inviting as well. It should promote communication and well-being, encouraging night-time socializing and complementing the city’s night life. Luminaires for street and pedestrian lighting also have an architectural role. During the day they become an integral part of the street scene. Philips range of architectural street luminaires has been designed with this is mind, offering a winning blend of performance and style.
Lighting residential areas For many years residential lighting was purely functional. And although safety, security and orientation remain essential requirements, there is now a drive to improve the residents’ quality of life, creating a pleasing identity for these often-overlooked parts of the city.
Tailor-made solutions In addition to our standard range of products, we can provide custom lighting products to create architectural signatures that match the desired vision or identity of the city, town, area or village. In many cases we can also apply standard products in original and imaginative ways,
by a lighting expert is strongly recommended.
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.4
Complete solutionsThese days, cities are looking for solutions that are not just made up of light points but actually contribute to the identity of the city. For our key ranges, we
elegant way. Modern or classical, single or twin bracket, with an optional mini pedestrian luminaire, there is a complete solution available for your project.
Breskens, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.5
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Visualisation servicehelpful when weighing up options. We can integrate a large variety of luminairesand masts on a snapshot of your location.
Contact your local Philips representative for more information.
Current situation Proposed situation
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.6
Urban lighting - product review
UrbanScene
2.24
UrbanLine
2.28
CityWing
2.34
Lightcolumn
2.37
Metronomis
Torino
2.46
Metronomis
Bilbao
2.48
Metronomis
Malmö
2.50
Metronomis
Annecy
2.52Page
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.7
Urban lighting - product review
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis
Berlin
2.54
Metronomis
Cambridge
2.56
Metronomis
Bordeaux
2.58
Metronomis
Brussels
2.60
Metronomis
Porto
2.62
Metronomis
Oslo
2.64
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.8
Urban lighting - product review
CitySpirit
Torch
2.76
CitySpirit
Classic lantern
2.78
CitySpirit
Modern lantern
2.82
CitySpirit
Street
2.94
CitySpirit
Street Color
2.95
CPS200
2.99
CityZen
2.103Page
CitySpirit
Cone
2.86
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.9
Urban lighting - product review
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Urbana
2.108
Mega
Milewide
2.116
Mini
Milewide
2.116
CitySoul
CGP431
2.128
CitySoul
CGP430
2.130
CitySoul
CSP431
2.131
CityVision
CPS403
2.133
CityVision
CPS500
2.136
Milewide
2.116
CityVision
CPS400
2.133
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.10
Urban lighting - product review
page
Nightwatch
2.139Page
Verona
HGP141/142/143
2.141
VivaraZON
HCP170/171
2.145
Vivara
HWC138/HGC136/137
2.147
Multipole
2.153
Bellevue
2.155
LightTube
2.157
Asklepios
HGP425/424
2.161
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.11
Urban lighting - product review
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Pivot
2.185
Aether
HGP429/428
2.165
Lightshell
2.167
VikingVision
2.169
Arken
2.173
Helios
2.175
Triangel
2.177
CitySwan
2.182
Pivot
2.185
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.12
Selection guide – Urban lighting
Luminaire Type Page Ingress
protection
(IP value)
Insulation
class
Lateral
entry
(mm)
Ø
Axial
entry
(mm)
Ø
Suitable
for
suspended
mounting
Suitable
for wall
mounting
Available
dedicated
brackets /
columns
UrbanScene
CGP700 2.24 66 I/II 76-90 77-90 - • •CGP705 2.25 66 I/II 76-90 77-90 - • •
UrbanLine
BPP406 2.28 66 I/II 120 120 - - •CityWing
BPS741/742 2.34 66/43 I/III - - - - -
Lightcolumn
HGP441/442/443 2.37 65/55 I - - - - •Metronomis
Torino CDS530/531 2.46 65 II 42-60 60-76 • • •Bilbao CDS540/541 2.48 65 II 42-60 60-76 • • •Malmö CDS550 2.50 65 II 42-60 60-76 - • •Annecy CDS560 2,52 65 II 42-60 60-76 - • •Berlin CDS570 2.54 65 II 42-60 60-76 - • •Cambridge CDS580 2.56 65 II 42-60 60-76 - • •Bordeaux CDS592/594 2.58 65 II 42-60 - • • •Brussels CDS501/502 2.60 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 • • •Porto CDS503/504 2.62 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 • • •Oslo CDS505/506 2.64 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 • • •CitySpirit
Torch CDS450 2.76 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Classic lantern CDS460 2.78 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Modern lantern CDS462 2.82 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Cone CDS470 2.86 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Wall mounted CWS464 2.90 65 I/II - 60-76 - • •Street CDS480 2.94 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Street Color CDS482 2.95 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •CPS200
CPS200 2.99 65 I - 60-76 - - -
CityZen
HPS100 2.103 65 I - 60 - - -
Urbana
EPS300 2.108 6.5 II - 60 - - -
Milewide
Mega Milewide SRS427 2.116 65 I/II 76 - - - •Milewide SRS421 2.116 65 I/II 60 - - - •Mini Milewide SRS419 2.116 65 I/II 48 - - • •CitySoul
CGP431 2.128 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 - • •CGP430 2.130 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 - • •CSP431 2.131 66 I/II - - • • •
CityVision
CPS400/401/
402/403
2.133 65 II 42-60 60-76 - - -
CPS500 2.136 65 II 42-60 60-76 - - -
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.13
Selection guide – Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CDM
(-T/TT/
(ET)
CPO-
TW
CDO-
ET
CDO-
TT
HPI-T
HPI-
BU(S)
PL-H PL-L
Polar
PL-T
PL-C
QL SDW-T SON
(-E)
SON-I SON-T SOX
(-E)
High
power
LEDs
E-27
(incand)
• • - • - - - - - SDW-TG - • • - - •• • - • - - - - - SDW-TG - • • - - •
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - • -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - • -
• - - - - - - - - • - - - - - •
• - • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• - • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• - • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • • • - - •- • • • • - - - - - • • • - - •- • • • • - - - - - • • • - - •- - • • • - - - - - • • • - - •
• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • - • - - - • - - - - • - - •• • - • - - - • - - - - • - - •
- - - - - - • - - - • • • • - •
- - - - - • • - - - - - - - - •
- - • - - - - • - - • • • - - •
• • - • - • - • • - • - • - - •• • - • - - - • - - • - • - - •• • - • - • - • • - • - • - - •
• • - - - - - - - - - - - - - •- • - • - - - - - - • - • - - •- - - • - - - - - - - - • - - •
• - • • - - - • - - • • • - - •
- - • • - - - - - - • • • - - •
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.14
Selection guide – Urban lighting
Luminaire Type Page Ingress
protection
(IP value)
Insulation
class
Lateral
entry
(mm)
Ø
Axial
entry
(mm)
Ø
Suitable
for
suspended
mounting
Suitable
for wall
mounting
Available
dedicated
brackets /
columns
Nightwatch
HGP433 2.139 65 II - - - - -
Verona
HGP141/142/143 2.141 65/44 I - - - - -
VivaraZON
HCP170/171 2.145 54 I - - - - -
Vivara
HGC136/137
HWC138
2.147 54 II - - - • -
Multipole
MPO 2.153 65 I/II - - - - -
Bellevue
BEL 2.155 65/23 I/III - 42 - • •Lighttube
NLC 2.157 65 I/II - - - - -
Asklepios
HGP424/425 2.161 65 II - - - - -
Aether
HGP428/429 2.165 65 II - - - - -
Lightshell
HGP432 2.167 65 II - - - - -
VikingVision
SRS420 2.169 54 I/II 60 - - - -
Arken
HPS930 2.173 65 II - 114 - • •Helios
HPS900 2.175 55 II - 156 - • •Triangel
2TR480 2.177 54 I/II 60/76 60/76 • • •CitySwan
CRS439/CWS439 2.182 65 II - 60-76 - - -
Pivot
CGS435 2.185 65 II - 76 - - -
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.15
Selection guide – Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CDM
(-T/TT/
(ET)
CPO-
TW
CDO-
ET
CDO-
TT
HPI-T
HPI-
BU(S)
PL-H PL-L
Polar
PL-T
PL-C
QL SDW-T SON
(-E)
SON-I SON-T SOX
(-E)
High
power
LEDs
E-27
(incand)
• - - - - - - - - - - - - - - •
• - - - - - - • • • - • - - - •
- - - - - - - - - - • - - - - •
- - - - - - - - - • - • - - - •
CDM-R - - - - - - - - - - - - - • •
• • • • - - - • - - • • • - • •
• - - - - - - - - - - - - - • •
- - - - - - • • - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - - - - - - -
• - - - - - - - • • - - - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - • • - - - - - - - -
• • - • - - • • • • • - • - - -
- • - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - • - - - • - - - - - - - -
Philips outdoor luminaires2.16 Urban lighting
UrbanScene
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.17Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
One CGP700 and one tilted CGP705
luminaire on mastTwo CGP705 luminaires on mastUrbanScene CGP705, medium versionUrbanScene CGP700, small version
UrbanScene – truly a complete solutionUrbanScene offers a range of complete lighting solutions – luminaires, masts and brackets – for illumination applications and street lighting. Its modern, integrated
enable an innovative and sustainable approach to urban lighting.
Designed to be unobtrusive, night-preserving and fully recyclable, UrbanScene has an elegant day-time appearance while offering night-time application diversity through decorative as well as functional area and illumination lighting. Smart brackets, including a cardanic construction,
www.philips.com/lighting
UrbanScene
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.18
Initially, the UrbanScene range will consist of two luminaires. Offering a choice of beams and accessories, the small CGP700 is ideal for low-power street lighting and illuminations. The medium-size CGP705 – designed to accommodate CosmoPolis or MASTERColour CDM-T lamps – has been optimized for street and area lighting.
CGP705 with CosmoPolis open optic
CGP705 with Mini T-Pot for CDM-T CGP705 with asymmetrical optic CGP700 with CosmoPolis open optic
CGP700 with 4° beam CGP700 with 10° beam CGP700 with 20° beam CGP700 with 40° wide beam
CGP700 with 60° beam
UrbanScene CGP701 – gobo projector
UrbanScene CDP702 – architectural
indirect luminaireUrbanScene BDP704 – LED post top
Expanding rangeIn spring 2009 the UrbanScene range will be completed with three exciting new models: a plug & play gobo projector, an architectural indirect luminaire and an
UrbanScene
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.19
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Pierre Nègre, l’Atelier Lumière
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.20
Architectural Lighting Image Projection
Area Lighting Street Lighting
UrbanScene – Optical elements
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.21
Urb
an lig
htin
g
The road optics are ideal for street lighting. It is suitable for use with
compact burner lamps, providing very good spacing.
Application:
• Street lighting
Luminaire version:
The asymmetrical optic has been designed for area lighting. Its sharp
beam enables to minimise light nuisance.
Application:
• Functional area lighting: parking
Luminaire version:
The wide range of beam width from very narrow beams to extra
wide beams enables the creation of different lighting effects.
Application:
• Decorative area lighting
• Architectural lighting: accent and front lighting
Luminaire version:
Application:
• Image projection: to project pattern on the ground
Luminaire version:
Optical performance:
• Fixed focus
• Possibility to sharpen the image
• Projection distance : from 4 to 15 m
optimizing spacing.
Application:
• Pedestrian street lighting: Footpath, cyclepath, promenades
Luminaire version:
• Indirect Post-Top
Application:
• Pedestrian street lighting
• Area lighting
Luminaire version:
• Indirect Post-Top
• Urban LED Post-Top
CosmoPolis & Mini T-pot optics Asymmetrical optic
Rotational optics 4°, 10°, 20°, 40°, 60° Projector
Indirect bi-directional optic TB-IO Indirect symmetrical optic TS-IO, T-IO Optic Urban LED
UrbanScene – Optical elements
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.22
UrbanScene – Complete solution
Functional street
UrbanScene small
pots at 4m for
pedestrian walkways
lighting.
UrbanScene mid
pots at 8m for
street lighting.
UrbanScene
combination of mid
and small pot for
street and sidewalk
lighting.
UrbanScene small
pots at 6m for
innovative street
lighting.
Complete solutionMasts have a simple and unobtrusive cylindrical shape for allowing the installation of the luminaires at whatever height is required by the application.Luminaires have been designed to be oriented in any position without impacting the daytime
installation, the cables are never visible from outside.
All complete solutions are EN40 compliant.
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.23
UrbanScene – Complete solution
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Pedestrian area
UrbanScene small pots
and mid pots mounted
between 4 and 5 meters
for pedestrian area and
piazza lighting.
Combination of
small pots, mid pots
and projectors for
mixing decorative
and functional
lighting in a urban
environment.
Combination functional and decorative lighting
Mast:• To match your requirements, masts can be either in galvanized steel or in aluminum.Finishing:• Philips Dark grey as standard. Other RAL or AkzoNobel coatings on request.
Mast height:• Height of masts: from 4 to 12 m.
Philips outdoor luminaires2.24 Urban lighting
UrbanScene
UrbanSceneType
Light source HID
1 x MASTERColour CDM-Tm Mini / PGJ5 /
20 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60 W
Lamp included
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optic Flood optic:
Road optic:
Optical cover
Options
Housing and cover: high-pressure, die-cast
aluminum
Optical cover: thermally hardened glass
Color
Frame: silver grey, approx RAL 9006
Other RAL or AKZO Futura colors on request
Installation Installation at any position on a 76 or 90 mm mast
with short 300 mm bracket (MBP-D76-L300,
Wall-mounting with short or long bracket (MBW-
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Recommended mounting height: from 3,5 - 8 m
Freely adjustable tilt
5 positions
Max adjustment from the horizontal: -85º to +85º
Max vertical aiming: -175º to +170º
Maintenance From below by opening the front cover with a
single quick-release clip
Rear access to the gear
Accessories Filters:
Glare shieldings:
Remarks Ready-to-install versions available; with lamp and
and choice of 4,5, 6, or 9 m cable (C4K5, C6K,
Main applications City centers, piazzas, urban areas, shopping malls,
illuminations and street lighting
UrbanScene CGP700 urban-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CGP700 CDM-T70W/830 EB I 60 FG CO GR 9.35 952991 00
CGP700 CDM-T70W/830 EB II 60 FG CO GR 9.35 954537 00
CGP700
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.25Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
UrbanScene
UrbanSceneType
Light source HID:
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-TD / RX7s / 70,
150 W
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/45, 60 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250, 400, 600 W
Lamp included
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optic Flood optic:
Road optic:
Optical cover
Glare shielding
Options
Housing and cover: high-pressure, die-cast
aluminum
Optical cover: thermally hardened glass
Color
Frame: silver grey, approx RAL 9006
Other RAL or AKZO Futura colors available on
request
Installation Installation at any position on a 76 or 90 mm mast
with short 300 mm bracket (MBP-D76-L300,
Wall-mounting with short or long bracket (MBW-
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Recommended mounting height: from 4,5 to 9 m
Freely adjustable tilt
5 positions
Max adjustment from the horizontal: -85º to +85º
Max vertical aiming: -175º to +170º
Maintenance From below by opening the front cover with a
single quick-release clip
Access to the gear behind optical plate
Accessories Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for
different mounting possibilities
Remarks Ready-to-install versions available; with lamp and
and choice of 4,5, 6 or 9 m cable (resp. C4K5, C6K,
Main applications City centers, piazzas, urban areas, shopping malls,
illuminations and street lighting
UrbanScene CGP705 urban-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CGP705 CPO-TW60W K EB I OOC FG CO GR 13.56 953127 00
CGP705 CPO-TW90W K EB I OOC FG CO GR 13.56 953134 00
CGP705 CPO-TW60W K EB II OOC FG AL GR 13.56 953233 00
CGP705
Philips outdoor luminaires2.26 Urban lighting
UrbanLine
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.27Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting
luminaire, 4-module version
Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting
luminaire, 3-module version
Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting
luminaire, 2-module version
Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting
luminaire, 1-module version
UrbanLine – enhancing citizen well-being and preserving the environmentRepresenting a breakthrough into functional outdoor LED lighting, UrbanLine
requirements in terms of safety and city branding.
Its contemporary design, which follows the lighting function, provides urban planners with an interesting solution for street applications.
UrbanLine delivers a uniform and visually comfortable white light with good color rendering of around 80. It is available in two color temperatures: warm white (3000 K) and neutral white (4000 K). Featuring high-power LEDs combined with smart optics, UrbanLine offers an environmentally friendly lighting solution – consuming up to 50% less energy than traditional street lighting.
lighting designers to address multiple lighting applications in residential areas. The range
heights. In this way, UrbanLine provides a large number of lighting combinations to suit a wide variety of locations and environments, meeting both application and user needs.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires2.28 Urban lighting
UrbanLine
UrbanLineType BPP406
Light source 6, 12, 18 or 24 LED-HP, 700 mA
Light color Warm white, 3000 K
Neutral white, 4000 K
Power supply 110-240 V AC / 50-60 Hz
Power consumption
Optic
Housing and bracket: die-cast aluminum
Cover: tempered glass
Color Philips silver grey
Installation Post top on dedicated mast (to be ordered
Mast incorporates two access doors: on top for
the gear and on ground level for mains connection
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Windage area of luminaire without mast:
1-module version: 0.062 m2
2-module version: 0.073 m2
3-module version: 0.085 m2
4-module version: 0.095 m2
luminaire:
120 mm x 3.68 m: 0.44 m2
120 mm x 4.68 m: 0.56 m2
120 mm x 5.68 m: 0.68 m2
Lifetime
Thermal management system for long lifetime
Accessories Square mast
Remarks CRI: ~80
No light pollution
Thermal management system for long lifetime
Functional earth needed for Class 2
Main applications Residential areas
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.29Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting
luminaire, 1-module version
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
BPP406 1-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 10.03 953707 00
BPP406 1-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 10.03 953738 00
BPP406 1-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 10.03 954155 00
BPP406 1-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 10.03 954209 00
BPP406 1x
UrbanLine
Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting
luminaire, 2-module version
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
BPP406 2-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.79 953844 00
BPP406 2-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.79 953875 00
BPP406 2-A/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.87 953974 00
BPP406 2-A/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.87 954001 00
BPP406 2-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.79 954247 00
BPP406 2-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.79 954278 00
BPP406 2x
Philips outdoor luminaires2.30 Urban lighting
UrbanLine
BPP406 3x
Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting
luminaire, 4-module version
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
BPP406 4-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.34 953813 00
BPP406 4-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.34 953912 00
BPP406 4-A/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.48 953943 00
BPP406 4-A/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.48 954124 00
BPP406 4-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.34 954377 00
BPP406 4-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.34 954407 00
BPP406 4x
Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting
luminaire, 3-module version
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
BPP406 3-S/WW I GR C200 MBP-L 13.48 954025 00
BPP406 3-S/WW II GR C200 MBP-L 13.48 954056 00
BPP406 3-A/WW I GR C200 MBP-L 13.58 954162 00
BPP406 3-A/WW II GR C200 MBP-L 13.58 953769 00
BPP406 3-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 13.64 954308 00
BPP406 3-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 13.64 954339 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.31Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
UrbanLine
Stopera, Waterlooplein
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Lighting design: Ans van de Broek
Philips outdoor luminaires2.32 Urban lighting
CityWing
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.33Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Warm white-light 3200K and 2700KNeutral white-light 4300K and 4000K
CityWing Pedestrian LED – paving the way forwardCityWing is a complete lighting solution characterized by miniaturization and elegance. This architectural pedestrian luminaire features 2 x 18 high-power LUXEON® K2 LEDs, offering improved illuminance.
The combination of white and/or amber LEDs produces warm-white and neutral-white light (color temperatures from 2700 K up to 4300 K). The 4-meter-high optical units, in conjunction with 5° tilt, allow 12 - 14 m spacing between masts, with an average illuminance level of 15 lux and good uniformity. With full white (4300 K), the illuminance level is increased to 30 lux.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires2.34 Urban lighting
CityWing
CityWingType
Light source 2 x 18 LUXEON® K2 (amber is LUXEON®
Light color
3200 or 4000 K
Gear (integrated in Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Power consumption BPS741: 154 W
BPS742: 79 W
Optic
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Optic frame: stainless steel, frosted
Color
Other RAL colors available on request
Installation Post top on dedicated mast
Mast incorporates two access doors: one for gear
and one for mains connection
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Recommended mounting height: < 4 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 5º
Max windage area: 0.20 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m2
Lifetime
Accessories Square mast, ZPS740
Remarks Driver integrated in mast
Thermal protection system of LED board to
ensure long lifetime
Main applications Urban areas, shopping malls, squares
remote gear
BPS742 + ZPS740
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.35Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CityWing BPS741/742 urban-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
BPS742 LED-K2/WH-2700 EB I S GR 15.00 506457 00
BPS742 LED-K2/WH-3200 EB I S GR 15.00 506464 00
BPS742 LED-K2/WH-4000 EB I S GR 15.00 506471 00
BPS741 LED-K2/WH-4300 EB I S GR 15.00 506488 00
CityWing
AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC
ZPS740 PL L3800 GR Pole, length 3.8 m grey 147970 00
ZPS740 PL L3800 RAL Pole, length 3.8 m RAL color 147987 00
The Hague, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminaires2.36 Urban lighting
Lightcolumn
Lightcolumn – remote beautyWith its innovative, contemporary urban design, Lightcolumn is very much the luminaire as ‘aesthetic object’. The Lightcolumn features Remote Light Source technology, which distributes light from the base to the top, with different perforated masks creating decorative
units: conical, symmetrical and asymmetrical. This luminaire is ideal for creative applications in relatively large, visually distinctive areas.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.37Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Lightcolumn
LightcolumnType
Light source HID:
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 100 W
Lamp included No
Ignitor
Column, top brackets and top cone: die-cast
aluminum
Light-output lens and light-guidance tube: PMMA
Perforated masks and light-slot cover: steel sheet
Color Dark grey
RAL colors available on request
Accessories Extension for embedded foundation, base covers
Main applications Shopping and pedestrian areas, parks, promenades,
squares, business centers
To be ordered seperately.
HGP441/442/443
Lightcolumn column extrusion
and decorative column base cover
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
HGP441 GR COLUMN WITH PERF. MASK 38.00 280035 00
HGP442 GR COLUMN WITH 2 PERF. MASKS 38.00 280080 00
HGP443 GR COLUMN WITH 4 LIGHT SLOTS 38.00 280066 00
EGP440 CDM-T70W 230V II 2.90 146218 00
EGP440 CDM-T70W 230V SP 2.50 280011 00
EGP440 CDM-T150W 230-240V SP 4.00 283364 00
EGP440 SDW-T100W 230-240V 3.00 279947 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.38 Urban lighting
Lightcolumn
Accessories
Product ID EOC
GGP441 GR SYMMETRIC REFLECTOR DISK MKII
228754 00
GGP441
Product ID EOC
GGP442 GR ASYMMETRIC REFLECTOR DISK
280059 00
Ø170
GGP442
Product ID EOC
GGP443 GR CONICAL REFLECTOR TOP
280042 00
GGP443
Product ID Description EOC
ZGP440 GR DECORATIVE COLUMN BASE COVER
Base cover 279978 00
ZGP441 EXTENSION FOR EMBEDDED FOUNDATION
Extension for embedded foundation 279923 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.39Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Lightcolumn
Lunel, France
Metronomis
Philips outdoor luminaires2.40 Urban lighting
Metronomis
Torino Bilbao Malmö Annecy Berlin
Metronomis
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.41Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis – turning vision into realityMetronomis is a family of ten highly distinctive luminaires and dedicated
to provide architects and lighting designers with the total solution needed to
urban culture and history. In its daytime appearance, Metronomis integrates harmoniously with any street scene, while its night-time appearance is both
creating a pleasant ambience in city squares and pedestrian precincts.
www.philips.com/lighting
Cambridge Bordeaux Brussels Porto Oslo
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting
Metronomis masts and brackets
2.42
Metronomis Torino on Fuzo wooden mast – enhancing public spacesThe simple, elegant outline of the Torino integrates harmoniously with most modern urban environments. The housing has been kept as small as possible, and the transition from luminaire to mast is smooth.After sunset, the Torino offers excellent lighting performance. Depending on the combination of light source and optical element chosen, the Torino can create a variety of atmospheric and spatial lighting effects.
Metronomismasts, brackets and adaptersOne of the main characteristics of the Metronomis range is the total solution that it offers architects and lighting designers. Architectural enhancement can only be fully realized when both the luminaires and their supports are part of an integrated concept. To this end, Metronomis includes a range of dedicated masts and brackets which are consistent with the visual style of the luminaires.
12m. Steel and aluminum masts can be painted standard Philips ultra dark gray, with other
are available upon request.
wood and steel gives this urban furniture a modern and stylish look.
Metronomis Malmö on Metronomis aluminum mast – atmospheric lightingThe Malmö combines direct lighting
With its transparent design, the Malmö creates the impression of a virtual ceiling in public places. Because of the subtle support, the
light source. This effect becomes even more prominent after dark.
Metronomis Berlin on Fuzo wooden mast – the old and the newThe Berlin combines a traditional outline with contemporary styling. Referring to ancient gas lanterns, it has been designed primarily for urban areas that embrace history without copying the past.
Metronomis Cambridge on Fuzo wooden mast – urban archetypeThe Cambridge can be seen as a contemporary version of the classic street lantern. Special attention has been devoted to the lighting effects required to enhance the ambience of historical areas.
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.43
Metronomis masts and brackets
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Porto on long straight bracket – contemporary and convenientThe Porto has a striking visual appearance by day, referring to typical industrial luminaire designs, while providing effective optical performance at night. The design concept offers maximum application
The optional Ambient Light Effect
adding an extra dimension to the surrounding landscape or architecture.
The Metro mast has a soft transition between the base
combined with brackets, it becomes an integrated solution for urban environments.
The cylindrico-conical mast, simple and elegant, discretely blends in with the architecture itself.
The Step mast, made from steel segments of different diameters, gives a visual rhythm to streets.
The Curve mast, intended for the Metronomis 2 range of luminaires, turns street lighting into an architectural feature.
Metronomis brackets are available in Straight and Curved design, in two different lengths.
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.44
Metronomis masts and brackets
Metronomis Bilbao on a cylindro-conical mast – emphasizing visual directionThe Bilbao has been specially designed for areas where a directional light distribution is desirable. In post-top applications, or mounted on one of the specially designed brackets, the light is shielded on one side to prevent glare in a certain direction or to distinguish between areas with different functions.
Metronomis Annecy on a step mast – light for living spacesThe Annecy is ideally suited to modern residential areas. Variation in lighting effect and design can be achieved through the use of a clear, opal or painted cover. By using different light sources and optical elements, it is possible to create different accents and atmospheres.
Combination of Metronomis Bordeaux on long curved bracket and Torino with short curved bracket on a Metronomis aluminum mast, thus creating harmony.The Bordeaux – available with 0, 2 or 4 arms – offers tremendous
light distribution and effect. Used in conjunction with a choice of dedicated supports, including a catenary adapter, this luminaire is extremely versatile. Because a variety of lighting applications are possible within a single design concept, the Bordeaux can function as a harmonizing element within the cityscape.
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.45
Metronomis masts and brackets
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Combination of Metronomis Brussels on long and short curved brackets – functional and aesthetic
rational lighting requirements without compromising on aesthetic appeal. The product concept includes sophisticated
Preventing light output to the upper hemisphere, the Brussels luminaire offers an effective solution in cases where light pollution needs to be reduced.
Metronomis Oslo on Metronomis Curve mast – visual appealThe Oslo has a distinctive and innovative design. The Ambient
lighting effects thanks to the use of an opal bowl in combination with
Oslo’s indirect lighting fosters the perception of a virtual ceiling.
Philips outdoor luminaires2.46 Urban lighting
Metronomis Torino
Metronomis TorinoType
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,
70,150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Induction lamp system:
MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Bowls: polycarbonate
Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-
imide
Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color
Akzo or RAL colors available on request
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Catenary mounting with catenary adapter
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Catenary adapter, ZRP552
Catenary adapter requires dedicated CDS531
version
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
CDS530
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.47Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban- Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS530 CDM-T70W II OB GR ST 8.56 847528 00
Metronomis Torino
Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban- Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS530 CDO-TT70W K 230V II LO TB GR ST 6.45 845661 00
CDS530 CDO-TT100W K 230V II LO TB GR ST 6.45 845678 00
CDS530 CDO-TT150W K 230V II LO TB GR ST 7.10 845685 00
Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban-
lighting luminaire with prismatic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS530 CDM-T70W II PR TB GR ST 8.56 847535 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.48 Urban lighting
Metronomis Bilbao
Metronomis BilbaoType
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,
70,150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Induction lamp system:
MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Bowls: polycarbonate
Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-
imide
Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
acrylate
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color
Akzo or RAL colors available on request
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Catenary mounting with catenary adapter
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Catenary adapter, ZRP552
Catenary adapter requires dedicated CDS541
version
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
CDS540
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.49Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Bilbao CDS540 urban- Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS540 CDO-TT70W K 230V II DF TB GR ST 8.17 845722 00
CDS540 CDO-TT100W K 230V II DF TB GR ST 8.17 845739 00
CDS540 CDO-TT150W K 230V II DF TB GR ST 8.82 845746 00
Metronomis Bilbao
Guggenheim, Bilbao, Spain
Philips outdoor luminaires2.50 Urban lighting
Metronomis Malmö
Metronomis MalmöType CDS550
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,
70,150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Induction lamp system:
MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Disc-support rods: extruded aluminum
Bowls: polycarbonate
Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-
imide
Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
butadienestyrene
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color
Akzo or RAL colors available on request
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
CDS550
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.51Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Malmö CDS550 urban-
lighting luminaire with prismatic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS550 CDO-TT70W K 230V II PR TB GR ST 10.98 845784 00
CDS550 CDO-TT100W K 230V II PR TB GR ST 10.98 845791 00
CDS550 CDO-TT150W K 230V II PR TB GR ST 11.63 845807 00
Metronomis Malmö
Parc de Mulder, Berghem, Belgium
Philips outdoor luminaires2.52 Urban lighting
Metronomis Annecy
Metronomis AnnecyType CDS560
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TT / PGZ12
/45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,
70,150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Induction lamp system:
MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate
Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-
imide
Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color
Akzo or RAL colors available on request
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø60 / 76 mm
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
CDS560
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.53Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Annecy CDS560 urban-
lighting luminaire with indirect optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS560 CDO-TT70W K 230V II LO TP GR ST 10.45 845845 00
CDS560 CDO-TT100W K 230V II LO TP GR ST 10.45 845852 00
CDS560 CDO-TT150W K 230V II LO TP GR ST 11.10 845869 00
CDS560 CPO-TW60W K EB II A TP GR 10.50 850023 00
CDS560 CPO-TW140W K EB II A TP GR 10.50 850030 00
Metronomis Annecy
The Hague, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminaires2.54 Urban lighting
Metronomis Berlin
Metronomis BerlinType CDS570
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,
70,150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Induction lamp system:
MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum
Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate
Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-
imide
Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color
Akzo or RAL colors available on request
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
CDS570
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.55Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Berlin CDS570 urban-
lighting luminaire with road lighting
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS570 CDO-TT70W K 230V II A TP GR ST 11.15 845906 00
CDS570 CDO-TT100W K 230V II A TP GR ST 11.15 845913 00
CDS570 CDO-TT150W K 230V II A TP GR ST 11.80 845920 00
Metronomis Berlin
Avenue Rhin et Danube, Les sables d’Ólonne, France
Philips outdoor luminaires2.56 Urban lighting
Metronomis Cambridge
Metronomis CambridgeType CDS580
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,
70,150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Induction lamp system:
MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum
Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate
Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-
imide
Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color
RAL colors available on request
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
CDS580
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.57Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Cambridge CDS580
urban-lighting luminaire with diffuser
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS580 SON70W K 230V II PR TP GR SP 11.88 845937 00
CDS580 SON100W K 230V II PR TP GR SP 11.88 845944 00
CDS580 SON150W K 230V II PR TP GR SP 12.53 845951 00
CDS580 CDO-TT70W K 230V II PR TP GR ST 11.88 845968 00
CDS580 CDO-TT100W K 230V II PR TP GR ST 11.88 845975 00
CDS580 CDO-TT150W K 230V II PR TP GR ST 12.53 845982 00
Metronomis Cambridge
Rue Albert 1er, Rixensart, Belgium
Philips outdoor luminaires2.58 Urban lighting
Metronomis Bordeaux
Metronomis BordeauxType CDS592/594
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,
70,150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Induction lamp system:
MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum
Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate
Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-
imide
Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color
Akzo or RAL colors available on request
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Catenary mounting with catenary adapter
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Catenary adapter, ZRP552
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
CDS592 CDS594
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.59Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Bordeaux CDS592 urban-
lighting luminaire with clear bowl and
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS592 CDO-TT70W K 230V II S TT GR ST 11.10 846026 00
CDS592 CDO-TT100W K 230V II S TT GR ST 11.10 846033 00
CDS592 CDO-TT150W K 230V II S TT GR ST 11.75 846040 00
Metronomis Bordeaux
Metronomis Bordeaux CDS594
urban-lighting luminaire with rotational
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS594 SDW-T50W 230V II S TT GR 10.87 225678 00
CDS594 CDM-T70W 230V II S TT GR SP 11.90 225685 00
Nieuwe Kaai, Turnhout, Belgium
Philips outdoor luminaires2.60 Urban lighting
Metronomis Brussels
Metronomis BrusselsType CDS501 (small version)
CDS502 (large version)
Light source CDS501
HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W
1 x SON / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /
150 W
Induction lamp system
1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W
CDS502
HID:
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /
150 W
1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W
1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W
1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840)
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic (elements)
Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Flat glass (FG)
Ignitor
Series (SI)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options (in CDS501
version only)
Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Optical compartment: polycarbonate, liqued-
coated
Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or
tempered soda-lime glass (FG)
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color Dark grey (GR)
Akzo and RAL colors available on request
Installation Suspended mounting on column with dedicated
Metronomis brackets
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Catenary mounting with catenary adapter
Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m
Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated
Metronomis bracket
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Catenary adapter, ZRP552
Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit
(400 W version only separate)
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.61Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Brussels
CDS501 PC
CDS502 PC
Metronomis Brussels CDS501/502
urban-lighting luminaire with
polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS501 CPO-TW60W K EB II A PC GR 10.00 850115 00
CDS501 CPO-TW140W K EB II A PC GR 10.00 850122 00
CDS502 CDO-TT150W K 240V II A PC GR ST 13.80 676708 00
CDS502 SON-T150W K 230V II A PC GR SP 11.20 846071 00
CDS502 SON-T250W K 230V II A PC GR SP 14.80 846088 00
Krimweg, Coevoorden, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminaires2.62 Urban lighting
Metronomis Porto
Metronomis PortoType CDS503 (small version)
CDS504 (large version)
Light source CDS503
HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W
1 x SON / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /
150 W
Induction lamp system
1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W
CDS504
HID:
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /
150 W
1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W
1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W
1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840)
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic (elements)
function (AE)
(SE)
Optical cover
Polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Flat glass (FG)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options (in CDS503
version only)
Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Optical compartment: polycarbonate, prismatic
Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or
tempered soda-lime glass (FG)
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color Dark grey (GR)
Akzo or RAL colors available on request
Installation Suspended mounting on column with dedicated
Metronomis brackets
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Catenary mounting with catenary adapter
Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m
Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated
Metronomis bracket
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Catenary adapter, ZRP552
Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit
(400 W version only separate)
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.63Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Porto
CDS503 PC
CDS504 PC
CDS503 FG
Metronomis Porto CDS503/504
urban-lighting luminaire with
polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS503 SON-T100W K 230V II AE PC GR SP 11.35 846149 00
CDS504 SON-T150W K 230V II AE PC GR SP 11.30 846156 00
CDS504 SON-T250W K 230V II AE PC GR SP 14.90 846163 00
CDS503 CDO-TT70W K 230V II AE PC GR ST 8.95 846170 00
CDS504 CDO-TT150W K 230V II AE PC GR ST 13.90 846200 00
Metronomis CDS503/504 urban-
(FG)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS503 CDO-TT100W K 230V II AE FG GR ST 13.06 846187 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.64 Urban lighting
Metronomis Oslo
Metronomis OsloType CDS505 (small version)
CDS506 (large version)
Light source CDS505
HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W
1 x SON / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /
150 W
Induction lamp system
1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W
CDS506
HID:
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /
150 W
1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W
1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W
1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840)
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic (elements)
Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Flat glass (FG)
Ignitor
Series (SI)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options (in CDS505 version only)
Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Optical compartment: polycarbonate, opal
Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or
tempered soda-lime glass (FG)
Dome-support bracket: chill-moulded aluminum
Adapters: die-cast aluminum
Color Dark grey (GR)
Akzo or RAL colors available on request
Installation Suspended mounting on column with dedicated
Metronomis brackets
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm
with side-entry adapter
Catenary mounting with catenary adapter
Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket
Recommended mounting heigt: 3.5 - 10 m
Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated
Metronomis bracket
Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551
Catenary adapter, ZRP552
Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559
Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets
Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit
(400 W version only separate)
Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and
business centers
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.65Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis Oslo
CDS505 PC CDS506 PC
Metronomis Oslo CDS505/506 urban-
lighting luminaire with polycarbonate
bowl (PC)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS505 SON-T100W K 240V II AE PC GR ST 13.60 676791 00
CDS506 SON-T150W K 240V II AE PC GR ST 14.70 676807 00
CDS506 SON-T250W K 240V II AE PC GR ST 18.30 676814 00
CDS505 CDO-TT100W K 230V II AE PC GR ST 13.80 846262 00
CDS506 CDO-TT150W K 230V II AE PC GR ST 17.30 846286 00
Tirso de Molina Square, Madrid, Spain.
Philips outdoor luminaires2.66 Urban lighting
Metronomis masts and brackets
AccessoriesShort curved bracket
Product ID EOC
ZRP554 MBS-ARC-S SHORT CURVED BRACKET
227283 00
ZRP554
Short straight bracket
Product ID EOC
ZRP555 MBS-S SHORT STRAIGHT BRACKET
227290 00
ZRP555
Long curved bracket
Product ID EOC
ZRP556 MBS-ARC-L IX LONG CURVED BRACKET
824215 00ZRP556
Long straight bracket
Product ID EOC
ZRP557 MBS-L LONG STRAIGHT BRACKET
230122 00ZRP557
Product ID EOC
ZRP559 MBW-556/557 GR-10714 WALL BRACKET
147574 00
ZRP559 MBW-554/555 GR-10714 WALL BRACKET
147581 00
ZRP558 MB MOUNTING BRACKET 230139 00
ZRP551 SP42/60S GR SIDE ENTRY SPIGOT
824314 00
ZRP559
ZRP558
ZRP551
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.67Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Metronomis masts and brackets
Potaerdenberg, Anderlecht, Belgium
Philips outdoor luminaires2.68 Urban lighting
CitySpirit
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.69Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit – streetwiseCitySpirit is a range of street-lighting luminaires designed to provide excellent environmentally friendly lighting without compromising on architectural appearance. The eight distinctive designs are clearly linked yet allow modularity.
To ensure perfect integration in the urban architecture, the luminaire, mast and bracket of CitySpirit have been developed as one design. The range provides elegant and above all complete project solutions, including wall-mounted and bollard versions.
Transparent materials have been used to lighten the daytime appearance. The inner
robust.
CitySpirit incorporates several new optical concepts which address issues such as spacing, night preservation, comfort and light.
www.philips.com/lighting
CitySpirit
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.70
Clean linesThis range has been designed with the aim of creating unobtrusive luminaires. The use of transparent materials combined with aluminum components creates clean lines throughout the range.
Application-drivenBecause every application deserves to be illuminated adequately, we have created several new optical concepts which address issues like spacing, night preservation, comfort and light trespass and are suitable for any application.
The language of light Urban lighting should complement the architecture, so we have endeavoured to create a family of distinctive designs that are clearly linked yet allow unique modularity.
StreetConeTorch Classic lantern Modern Lantern
CitySpirit
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.71
Light Trespass
For such cases we have developed the Light Trespass accessory, one for each luminaire and one for every optic.
been installed, preserving the look of the luminaire and reducing the light level on facades by up to 50 %, thus giving rise to lighting levels below 25 lux.
Wall-mountedIn smaller streets it is not always possible to use masts. Wall mounting is then preferred, but for this the luminaire must have a top cover of a smaller diameter. Combined with the Light Trespass accessory and the many optical systems, this version will help improve the street scene.
BollardIn green areas or at the entrance to a building, bollards can add
Incorporating the same optical system as the rest of the range, including the Light Trespass, this bollard completes the family.
2.71
Street Colour
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.72
CitySpirit masts and brackets
CitySpirit masts and bracketsSafety has traditionally been the primary concern of city lighting, but today the aesthetics of the lighting solution are equally important. To ensure perfect integration in the urban architecture, the luminaire, mast and bracket of CitySpirit have been developed as one design. The range provides elegant and above all complete solutions for your project. For example, the Taper mast lightens the daytime appereance, in line with the transparent look of a Cone luminaire. A dedicated wall-mounted bracket ensures a clean installation of the Torch in smaller streets. And the twin mast allows a double installation of the Street luminaire.
CitySpirit Cone on Taper mastA reverse conical column lightens
the daytime appearance, in line with
the transparent look of the range.
city centers and residential streets.
luminaire.
CitySpirit Classic lantern on double bracket with decorative elementDesigned for twin installation, the
CitySpirit bracket is slightly angled
to create a dynamic effect. It is
available in a simple (as presented
here) or balanced version, where
an extra length at the bottom
Suited to boulevard and residential
zones.
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.73
CitySpirit masts and brackets
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit wall-mounted bracket with or without decorative elementBased on the CitySpirit bracket, the wall-mounted
accessory is suited to small streets, with the wall-
mounted luminaire and its reduced top hat. It is
available in a simple or balanced version, where an
appearance.
CitySpirit Street on V mastDue to the V shape, the way this
mast is perceived varies depending
on the perspective and light
conditions. Light in appearance
and yet with real presence, it is
suited to city centers and modern
surroundings.
Wall-mounted bracket balanced
version
Wall-mounted bracket simple version
CitySpirit Street on Rib mastThe Rib mast takes a simple
tubular column and gives it
presence via a welded decorative
element at the back. Suited
to residential streets and
commercial areas.
CitySpirit on Tilt mastSeemingly defying gravity, the
Tilt mast for the Street luminaire
is angled to create a tree-like
dynamic effect. It is suited to city
centers, commercial streets and
roundabouts. The Twin version
allows for a balanced visual
appearance in the middle of the
street.
CitySpirit
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.74
Optical elementsDirect louverThis polished aluminum louver has been developed with comfort in mind,
avoiding a direct view of the light source. Ovoid lamps are preferred since they
reduce possible glare at low viewing angles.
Total Light Output Ratio > 35 %
Upward Light Ratio < 15 %
Available for :
Direct/indirect louverThe direct/indirect aluminum louver allows part of the light to be emitted
upwards, onto the cover of the luminaire. This creates the night-time appearance
of the luminaire and softens the lighting pattern.
Ovoid lamps are preferred since they reduce possible glare at low viewing angles.
Total Light Output Ratio > 45 %
Upward Light Ratio < 5 %
Available for :
DiffuserThe PMMA diffuser emits a soft light in every direction, thus creating ambience.
Total Light Output Ratio > 65 %
Upward Light Ratio < 15 %
Available for :
Prismatic
a sparkling effect with very good spacing.
Total Light Output Ratio > 70 %
Upward Light Ratio < 10 %
Available for :
CitySpirit
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.75
Indirect standard
controls light and hides the lamp from direct view. By using a basic white disc in
the top cover of the luminaire a new lighting ambience is created, like the effect
of a candle.
Total Light Output Ratio > 50 %
Upward Light Ratio < 10 %
Available for :
Indirect symmetricRotationally symmetric distribution can be obtained and spacing can be much
Total Light Output Ratio > 55 %
Upward Light Ratio < 5 %
Available for :
Indirect bi-directional
optimising spacing.
Total Light Output Ratio > 50 %
Upward Light Ratio < 5 %
Available for :
Indirect asymmetric
delivering ideal performance for wider streets.
Total Light Output Ratio > 55 %
Upward Light Ratio < 10 %
Available for :
excellent spacing. This solution is used only in the Street version.
Total Light Output Ratio > 65 %
Upward Light Ratio < 0 %
Available for :
Philips outdoor luminaires2.76 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Torch
CitySpirit TorchType CDS450
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /
32, 42, 57 W
*depends on wattage
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optical element Louver (LO)
Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)
Refractor, prismatic (PR)
Diffuser (DF)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)
Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P
version):
4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Pole mount: die-cast aluminum
Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
Top cover: ABS with heat shield
Color Housing: silver grey (GR)
Pole mount: dark grey
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P
/ 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Light trespass, GDS460 LO
Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,
promenades
CDS450
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.77Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting
luminaire with louver (LO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS450 SON-T150W K II LO GR SP 60P 8.66 725840 00
CDS450 CDO-TT150W K II LO GR ST 60P 8.66 725864 00
CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P 7.00 291292 00
CDS450 CPO-TW90W K EB II LO GR 60P 7.10 291001 00
CDS450 CPO-TW140W K EB II LO GR 60P 7.00 291018 00
CitySpirit Torch
CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting
luminaire with prismatic refractor (PR)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS450 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P 6.80 726038 00
CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB I PR GR 60P 6.89 725994 00
CDS450 PL-T/4P42W/840 EB I PR GR C6K 76P 7.75 725833 00
CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting
luminaire with diffuser element (DF)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS450 SON-T70W K II DF GR SP 60P 7.27 290967 00
CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB II DF GR 60P 6.73 290660 00
CDS450 CDO-TT70W K II DF GR ST 60P 7.27 290981 00
CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS450 CDO-TT100W K II GR ST 60P 8.06 725857 00
AccessoriesCitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting
luminaire with indirect optic and
GDS460 light trespass
Product ID EOC
GDS460 LO 727066 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.78 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Classic Lantern
CitySpirit Classic lanternType CDS460
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /
32, 42, 57 W
*depends on wattage
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optical element Louver (LO)
Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)
Refractor, prismatic (PR)
Diffuser (DF)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)
Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P
version):
4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Pole mount: die-cast aluminum
Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
Top cover: die-cast aluminum with heat shield or
Color Housing: silver grey (GR)
Pole mount and top cover: dark grey
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P
/ 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Light trespass, GDS460 LO
Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,
promenades
CDS460
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.79Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-
direct/indirect louver (LO-D/I)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 9.05 729541 00
CDS460 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO-D/I GR 8.78 729602 00
CDS460 SON-T150W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 10.71 291032 00
CDS460 CDO-TT150W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 10.71 291063 00
CDS460 CPO-TW140W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 9.05 291087 00
CitySpirit Classic Lantern
CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-
louver (LO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS460 SON-T150W K II LO GR ST 60P 11.01 729350 00
CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO GR 60P 9.35 729503 00
CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P 9.35 729534 00
CDS460 PL-T/4P42W/830 EB II LO GR 60P 8.90 729565 00
CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-
prismatic refractor (PR)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS460 SON-T70W K II PR GR ST 60P 9.78 729404 00
CDS460 CDO-ET70W K II PR GR ST 60P 9.77 729435 00
CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P 9.24 729527 00
CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P 9.24 729558 00
CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-
diffuser element (DF)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB I DF GR 60P 9.08 726229 00
CDS460 SON-T70W K EB I DF GR 60P 8.99 726267 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.80 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Classic Lantern
CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-
and indirect optic (IO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS460 SON-T70W II T IO GR ST 60P 8.59 290592 00
CDS460 CDO-TT70W II T IO GR ST 60P 8.59 290608 00
CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II T IO GR 60P 8.11 290615 00
CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban
symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic
(IO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS460 CDO-TT70W K EB I TS IO GR C6K 76P 9.30 726076 00
CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB I TS IO GR C6K 76P 9.39 726090 00
AccessoriesCitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-
lighting luminaire with indirect optic
and GDS460 light trespass
Product ID EOC
GDS460 LO 727066 00
Fitting the optical unit
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.81Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Classic Lantern
Philips outdoor luminaires2.82 Urban lighting
Cityspirit Modern Lantern
CitySpirit Modern lanternType CDS462
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /
32, 42, 57 W
*depends on wattage
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optical element Louver (LO)
Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)
Refractor, prismatic (PR)
Diffuser (DF)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)
Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P
version):
4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Pole mount: die-cast aluminum
Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
Color Housing: silver grey (GR)
Pole mount: dark grey
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P
/ 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Light trespass, GDS460 LO
Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,
promenades
CDS462
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.83Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-
louver (LO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS462 SON-T70W K II LO GR ST 60P 8.79 729657 00
CDS462 SDW-T100W K II LO GR 60P 9.14 729749 00
CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO GR 60P 8.25 729770 00
CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P 8.25 729800 00
CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO GR 60P 7.98 729862 00
Cityspirit Modern Lantern
CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-
direct/indirect louver (LO-D/I)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 7.95 729787 00
CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 7.95 729817 00
CDS462 SON-T70W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 8.49 729664 00
CDS462 SDW-T100W K II LO-D/I GR 60P 8.84 729756 00
CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO-D/I 60P 7.68 729879 00
CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-
prismatic refractor (PR)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS462 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P 8.05 726373 00
CDS462 CDO-ET70W K II PR GR ST 60P 8.67 729701 00
CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P 8.14 729794 00
CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P 8.14 729824 00
CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II PR GR 60P 7.87 729886 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.84 Urban lighting
Cityspirit Modern Lantern
CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-
and indirect optic (IO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II T IO GR 60P 7.01 290547 00
CDS462 CDO-TT70W K II T IO GR ST 60P 7.55 291186 00
CDS462 CPO-TW90W K EB II T IO GR 60P 7.11 291193 00
CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban
symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic
(IO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 6.99 726410 00
CDS462 CPO-TW90W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 7.09 726434 00
CDS462 CPO-TW140W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 6.99 726458 00
AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC
GDS460 LO Light trespass 727066 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.85Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Cityspirit Modern Lantern
Philips outdoor luminaires2.86 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Cone
CitySpirit ConeType CDS470
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W 1 x SON-T / E27 /
50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /
32, 42, 57 W
*depends on wattage
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optical element Louver (LO)
Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)
Refractor, prismatic (PR)
Diffuser (DF)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)
Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P
version):
4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Pole mount: die-cast aluminum
Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
Color Housing: silver grey (GR)
Pole mount: dark grey
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P
/ 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Light trespass, GDS470 LO
Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,
promenades
CDS470
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.87Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting
louver (LO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS470 SON-T50W K II LO GR ST 60P 10.26 729893 00
CDS470 CDO-ET70W K II LO GR ST 60P 10.58 729954 00
CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P 10.05 290103 00
CDS470 PL-T/4P42W/830 EB II LO GR 60P 9.60 290134 00
CDS470 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO GR 60P 9.78 290165 00
CitySpirit Cone
CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting
direct/indirect louver (LO D/I)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS470 SON-T50W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 9.96 729909 00
CDS470 SON-T70W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 10.29 729930 00
CDS470 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 9.75 290080 00
CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 9.75 290110 00
CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting
prismatic refractor (PR)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS470 SON-T70W K II PR GR ST 60P 10.48 729947 00
CDS470 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P 9.94 290097 00
CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P 9.94 290127 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.88 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Cone
CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting
(TA) and indirect optic (IO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS470 SON-T70W I TA IO GR SND C6K 76P 10.58 726540 00
CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting
luminaire with bi-directional top
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB I TB IO GR 60P 8.79 726748 00
CDS470 CPO-TW90W K EB I TB IO GR 60P 8.89 726762 00
CDS470 SON-T70W II TB IO GR ST 60P 9.27 290462 00
CDS470 CDO-TT70W II TB IO GR ST 60P 9.27 290479 00
CDS470 CPO-TW140W K EB II TB IO GR 60P 8.89 291452 00
CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-
symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic
(IO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 8.79 726687 00
CDS470 CPO-TW90W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 8.89 726700 00
CDS470 CPO-TW140W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 8.79 726724 00
CDS470 SON-T70W II TS IO GR ST 60P 9.27 290431 00
CDS470 CDO-TT70W K II TS IO GR ST 60P 9.33 291216 00
AccessoriesCitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting
luminaire with indirect optic and
GDS470 light trespass
Product ID EOC
GDS470 LO 727073 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.89Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Cone
Kerkstraat, Hoogeveen, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminaires2.90 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Wall-mounted
CitySpirit Wall-mountedType CWS464
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /
32, 42, 57 W
*depends on wattage
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optical element Louver (LO)
Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)
Refractor, prismatic (PR)
Diffuser (DF)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)
Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P
version):
4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Pole mount: die-cast aluminum
Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
Top cover: die-cast aluminum with heat shield or
Color Housing: silver grey (GR)
Pole mount and top cover: dark grey
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P
/ 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Light trespass, GDS460 LO, wall-mounting bracket
Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,
promenades
CWS464
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.91Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464
urban-lighting luminaire with top
(LO-D/I)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 7.80 292336 00
CWS464 CPO-TW90W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 7.90 292350 00
CWS464 CPO-TW140W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 7.80 292374 00
CWS464 SON-T70W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 7.71 292398 00
CWS464 SON-T100W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 8.05 292411 00
CWS464 SON-T150W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 8.06 292435 00
CitySpirit Wall-mounted
CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464
urban-lighting luminaire with top
(PR)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB I PR GR 60P 7.99 292459 00
CWS464 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P 7.90 292473 00
CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464
urban-lighting luminaire with bi-
indirect optic (IO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CWS464 CPO-TW45W K EB I TB IO GR C4K5 7.84 727042 00
CWS464 CDM-T35W/830 EB I TB IO GR C4K5 7.42 727059 00
CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464
urban-lighting luminaire with top
indirect optic (IO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB II TA IO GR 60P 6.85 290424 00
CWS464 CPO-TW90W K EB II TA IO GR 60P 6.95 291261 00
CWS464 SON-T70W K II TA IO GR ST 60P 7.39 291278 00
CWS464 CDO-TT70W K II TA IO GR ST 60P 7.39 291285 00
CWS464 CPO-TW140W K EB II TA IO GR 60P 6.95 291469 00
AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC
GDS460 LO Light trespass 727066 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.92 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Street & Street Color
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.93Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit StreetCitySpirit Street Color
CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set
to green
CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set
to orange
CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set
to violet
CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set
to red
CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set
to cyan
CitySpirit Street & Street Color – enliven your streetsCityspirit Street completes the CitySpirit range by combining a distinctive design with high quality street lighting. This combination makes it suitable for city centres, squares, boulevards and of course streets.
CitySpirit Street Color is a high-performance street-lighting luminaire and an upgrade to the
street lighting with a translucent diffusing housing that creates a friendly, colorful lighting effect.
CitySpirit Street Color is available in two versions. The Ambient Light Effect version provides soft guidance thanks to the perforated optic, while the LED models – with 8 static and 4 dynamic presets to be selected using a switch – can be used to create an attractive colorful ambience that brings the street to life.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires2.94 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Street & Street Color
CitySpirit StreetType CDS480
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Facetted open CT-POT (OR)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)
Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P
version):
5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Pole mount: die-cast aluminum
Cover: die-cast aluminum
Tempered glass
Color Housing, pole mount and cover: dark grey (GR)
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P
/ 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Accessories Light trespass, GDS480 LO
Remarks CDS480 76P version always delivered with pre-
wired mains connection cable
Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,
promenades
CDS480/482 76PCDS480/482 60P
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.95Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Street CDS480 urban-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS480 CPO-TW60W K EB II CR GR 60P 13.25 290288 00
CDS480 CPO-TW90W K EB II CR GR 60P 13.35 290721 00
CDS480 CPO-TW140W K EB II CR GR 60P 13.21 290738 00
CDS480 CDO-TT150W K II OR GR ST 60P 14.76 726885 00
CDS480 SON-T150W K II OR GR SP 60P 14.76 726861 00
CitySpirit Street & Street Color
CitySpirit Street ColorType CDS482
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,
42 W
*depends on wattage
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Facetted open CT-POT (OR)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Option Photocell: Minicell (P3)
Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P
version):
5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)
Housing: polycarbonate
Pole mount: die-cast aluminum
Cover: die-cast aluminum
Tempered glass
Color Housing, pole mount and cover: dark grey (GR)
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or 76 mm
(60P or 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 4 to 6 m
Accessories Light trespass, GDS480 LO
Remarks CDS482 76P version always delivered with pre-
wired mains connection cable
Ambient Light Effect (ALE) or LED
ALE is best suited for CPO-TW and CDM-T lamp
types
LED only available with Electronic ballast (EB)
Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,
promenades
CDS480/482 60P CDS480/482 76P
Philips outdoor luminaires2.96 Urban lighting
CitySpirit Street & Street Color
CitySpirit Street Color Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CDS482 CPO-TW60W/RGB K EB II CR GR C6K 15.04 293999 00
CDS482 CDM-T70W/RGB EB II CR GR 60P 13.25 294026 00
CDS482 CPO-TW45W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P 13.85 294248 00
CDS482 CPO-TW90W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P 13.95 294286 00
CDS482 CPO-TW140W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P 13.81 294309 00
AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC
GDS480 LO Light Trespass 727080 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.97Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySpirit Street & Street Color
Vlissingen, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminaires2.98 Urban lighting
CPS200
CPS200 – functional and
other area lighting applications. It accommodates a range of lamp types and offers a choice of bowls – low-glare prismatic for ovoid
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.99Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CPS200
CPS200Type CPS200 (bowl)
EPS200 (control gear unit)
Light source HID:
1 x SON / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / 50, 70 W
1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26 W
1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24, 36 W
Lamp included No
Lamp holder Horizontal position (LH)
Vertical position (LV)
Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
High Frequency Performer (HFP)
High Frequency Regulator (HFR)
Empty (E) (without gear)
Optical cover Prismatic bowl (HP)
Structured bowl (HS)
Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)
Options Light regulation:
Dimming via EC01 (lamp power 70-250 W) or
via EC03 (lamp power 400 W) (D1)
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1)
Bowls: polycarbonate, impact-resistant
Diffuser : steel, white-lacquered (HP versions)
Cover: luran (ASA) with 3 quick-release stainless-
steel clips
Post socket: die-cast aluminum, non-corrosive
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60, 68 or 76 mm
(60P, 68P or 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 to 4 m
Bowl can be installed in advance of gear unit
Accessories Spigot adaptor
Main applications Shopping malls, residential areas, city centers and
squares
control gear unit (EPS) and bowl (CPS)
CPS200
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
EPS200 SON70W 240V SP P1 2.40 019727 00
EPS200 SON100W 240V SP 2.60 019307 00
EPS200 SON150W 240V SP P1 2.90 019444 00
EPS200 PL-L24W HFP 1.80 933382 00
EPS200 PL-L36W HFP 1.80 933368 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.100 Urban lighting
CPS200
CPS200 urban-lighting luminaire with
prismatic bowl (HP version)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CPS200 E HP 60P 4.40 026251 00
CPS200 E HP P1 60P 4.40 026398 00
CPS200 E HP 76P 4.40 026534 00
CPS200 E HP P1 76P 4.40 026671 00
CPS200 urban-lighting luminaire with
structured bowl (HS version)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CPS200 E HS 60P 4.40 026329 00
CPS200 E HS 68P 4.40 026466 00
CPS200 E HS 76P 4.40 026602 00
AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC
ZPS200 SP60 Spigot adapter, 60 mm 150727 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.101Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CPS200
Philips outdoor luminaires2.102 Urban lighting
CityZen
CityZen – calm presenceCityZen is a residential outdoor luminaire. Its double-texture bowl ensures a good balance between optical performance and visual
spacing between poles. Energy consumption is low thanks to the
in a wide choice of colors.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.103Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CityZen
CityZenType HPS100
Light source
1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24, 36 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830)
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
High Frequency (HF)
High Frequency Performer (HFP)
High Frequency Regulator (HFR)
Options Light regulation:
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Bowl: polycarbonate, impact-resistant
Post socket: non-corrosive, die-cast aluminum
Color Light gray, medium grey, dark grey (GR-10714)
RAL colors available on request
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or (optional)
76 mm
Equipped with ‘Express’ connecting system
Remarks The luminaire is supplied in one box as a complete
assembly
Main applications Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, roads,
city centers, squares, footpaths
HPS100
CityZen HPS100 urban-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
HPS100 PL-L24W/830 K HF GR 5.50 720500 00
HPS100 PL-L36W/830 K HF GR 5.50 720524 00
HPS100 PL-L24W HFP RAL9006 5.50 546124 00
HPS100 PL-L36W HFP RAL9006 5.50 546117 00
Easy step by step installation and
maintenance. No tools are required
Philips outdoor luminaires2.104 Urban lighting
Urbana
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.105Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
(PCC-R)
Urbana – the beauty of versatilityComprising eight different decorative models, the Urbana EPS300 range can be deployed in a wide variety of urban applications. At the same time, a distinct family design aesthetic is maintained thanks to the use of a single standard pole mount across the entire range. Whatever the application, Urbana’s combination of excellent lighting performance and attractive day-time and night-time appearance adds to the ambience of the surroundings. The luminaires with Forest, Arctic and Tropic top covers address the issue of obtrusive light by means of dedicated bowls with top covers that prevent upward emission of light. The light pollution bowl Luner features a black coating on its upper hemisphere, to prevent upward light distribution. Both the opal Polar and clear Cristal bowls offer a choice of soft, diffuse lighting and bright, direct illumination.
www.philips.com/lighting
Urbana
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.106
Easy to install and maintainAs each Urbana luminaire features the same pole mount, installation is the same every time. There is a simple twist-and-click bayonet connection for the louvers, which means that no tools are needed for lamp replacement, and the bowl itself also has a bayonet connection to the pole mount.
A choice of louvers - direct and indirect - are available for use with the clear bowls to ensure the desired light distribution and effect.
Bayonet connectionA bayonet connection for the bowls
and top hats allows easy installation
and tool-less lamp replacement
For easy installation and maintenance
connection
Heat shield Bi-directional Direct
Urbana
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.107
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires2.108 Urban lighting
Urbana
UrbanaType GPS301/302/303/304/306/307/308/309 (bowls)
EPS300 (pole mounts)
Light source HID:
1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 / 42 W
Incandescent
1 x incandescent / E27 / max 100 W
Lamp included No
Gear Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
High Frequency Performer (HFP)
Optical element Louver (LO)
Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)
Safety device Heat shield (HSH)
Bowls and top covers: UV stabilized, impact
resistant. Top covers painted inside white and
outside black
polyamide, black
Louver: sandblasted die-cast aluminum
Heat shield: pre-galvanized steel
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 to 4 m
Accessories Top covers:
GPS301 PCO-D400 (Polar 400) for soft, diffuse
light
GPS302 PCO-D500 (Polar 500) for soft, diffuse
light
GPS303 PCC-D400 (Cristal 400) for bright light
GPS304 PCC-D500 (Cristal 500) for bright light
GPS306 PCC-R-D500 (Luner) to prevent
upward light distribution
GPS307 PCO-R (Arctic) to prevent upward
light distribution
GPS308 PCC-R (Forest) to prevent upward
light distribution
GPS309 PCC-R (Tropic) to prevent upward
light distribution
Main applications Urban, pedestrian and residential areas, city and
business centers, squares, promenades
EPS300 + GPS301/303
EPS300 + GPS302/304/306
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.109Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
EPS300 + GPS309EPS300 + GPS307/308
Urbana
Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire
with heat shield (HSH)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
EPS300 SON-T70W IC HSH 2.50 126111 00
EPS300 SON-I-70W IC HSH 2.40 126203 00
EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP HSH 1.30 126234 00
EPS300 SON-T100W IC HSH 3.00 126265 00
EPS300 SON-T150W IC HSH 3.60 126296 00
Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire
with internal louver, with direct/indirect
lighting (LO-D/I)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
EPS300 SON-T70W IC LO-D/I 3.20 126135 00
EPS300 SON-I-70W IC LO-D/I 3.20 126227 00
EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP LO-D/I 2.00 126258 00
EPS300 SON-T100W IC LO-D/I 3.70 126289 00
EPS300 SON-T150W IC LO-D/I 4.40 126319 00
Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire
with internal louver (LO)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
EPS300 SON-T70W IC LO 3.20 126128 00
EPS300 SON-I-70W IC LO 3.20 126210 00
EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP LO 2.00 126241 00
EPS300 SON-T100W IC LO 3.70 126272 00
EPS300 SON-T150W IC LO 4.40 126302 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.110 Urban lighting
Urbana
AccessoriesUrbana Polar EPS300 Urban lighting
luminaire with opal 400 diameter bowl
cover (PCO-D400)
Product ID EOC
GPS301 PCO-D400 146843 00
Urbana Polar EPS300 Urban lighting
luminaire with opal 500 diameter bowl
cover (PCO-D500)
Product ID EOC
GPS302 PCO-D500 146850 00
Urbana Cristal EPS300 Urban lighting
luminaire with Clear 400 diameter
bowl cover (PCC-D400)
Product ID EOC
GPS303 PCC-D400 146867 00
Urbana Cristal EPS300 Urban lighting
luminaire with clear 500 diameter bowl
cover (PCC-D500)
Product ID EOC
GPS304 PCC-D500 146874 00
Urbana Luner EPS300 Urban lighting
luminaire with clear 500 diameter bowl
Product ID EOC
GPS306 PCC-R-D500 146898 00
Urbana Arctic EPS300 Urban lighting
luminaire with opal cilinder bowl with
Product ID EOC
GPS307 PCO-R 126425 00
Urbana Forest EPS300 Urban lighting
luminaire with clear cilinder bowl with
Product ID EOC
GPS308 PCC-R 126418 00
Urbana Tropic EPS300 Urban lighting
luminaire with clear conical bowl cover
Product ID EOC
GPS309 PCC-R 146928 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.111Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Urbana
Navalcarnero, Spain
Philips outdoor luminaires2.112 Urban lighting
Milewide
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.113Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Mini Milewide SRS419, Milewide
SRS421, Mega Milewide SRS427
Milewide – pure and contemporaryMilewide is a pure, contemporary street lighting luminaire designed in collaboration with Knud Holscher (Denmark). A complete solution with dedicated masts and brackets is available to ensure perfect integration in today’s cityscape.
Blending simple design and high performance, the Milewide family encompasses three sizes: Mini Milewide, Milewide and Mega Milewide.
The Mini Milewide has been specially designed to integrate the latest CosmoPolis technology. This elegant luminaire offers outstanding lighting performance thanks to the synergy between
system.
The Milewide and Mega Milewide deliver high optical performance thanks to the adjustable
www.philips.com/lighting
Milewide masts and brackets
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.114
Milewide masts and bracketsThe dedicated Milewide masts and brackets were developed to suit all three versions of the luminaire (Mini, standard and Mega), depending on the application. With heights up to 12 m, the Milewide mast is tubular in section 150 or 180 mm, either in anodized aluminum,
the column, or on a 1000 mm bracket with retaining cable.The pure design of these masts and brackets harmonizes with the generous curves of the Milewide luminaires, creating a delicate ensemble.
Milewide SRS on
double short bracket
Combination of Milewide SRS on
long bracket and short reverse bracket
Milewide SRS on
long bracket
Milewide
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.115Werkhuizenkaai, Laken, Belgium
Philips outdoor luminaires2.116 Urban lighting
Milewide
MilewideType SRS419 (Mini Milewide)
SRS421 (Milewide)
SRS427 (Mega Milewide)
Light source HID:
SRS419
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G8.5 / 35, 70 W
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW PGZ12 /
45, 60 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
SRS421
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150, 250 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T/ E40 / 100, 150, 250 W
SRS427
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /
250 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /
150 W
1 x SON-T/ E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 830)
No
Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic
CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Ignitor Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Options Lighting controls:
Chronosense (CH), photo/minicell (P3)
Frame and housing: die-cast aluminum
Clips, screws, clamps: stainless steel
Color Dark grey (GR)
RAL colors available on request
Installation SRS419
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 mm
Recommended mounting height: 6 m
SRS 421
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 60 mm
Recommended mounting height: 6 and 8 m
SRS427
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 76 mm
(76S)
Recommended mounting height: 10 m
Tilt angle: 0º
Remarks
Main applications Shopping and residential areas, roads, area, car
parks, business centers, city centers and squares
SRS419
SRS421 SRS427
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.117Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Mini Milewide SRS419 urban-lighting
luminaire, miniaturized and elegant
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SRS419 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC GR 4.50 090887 00
SRS419 CDM-T35W EB II GR 3.70 089171 00
SRS419 CDM-T70W EB II GR 3.70 089188 00
SRS419 SON-T70W K IC 240V II GR ST 3.70 909523 00
Milewide
Milewide SRS421 urban-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SRS421 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC GR 8.30 723044 00
SRS421 CPO-TW140W K EB II OC GR 8.30 723037 00
SRS421 SON-T150W 230V II GR ST 10.80 083568 00
SRS421 CDO-TT100W K 230V II GR ST 10.10 724232 00
SRS421 CDO-TT150W K 230V II GR ST 10.80 724249 00
Mega Milewide SRS427 urban-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SRS427 SON-T250W K IC I GR 23.00 222014 00
SRS427 SON-T400W K IC I GR 23.00 222021 00
SRS427 CDO-ET250W K IC 240V II GR ST 19.60 909639 00
Easy access by opening canopy
Philips outdoor luminaires2.118 Urban lighting
CitySoul
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.119Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySoul CSP431, suspended versionCitySoul CGP431, standard versionCitySoul CGP430, mini version
CitySoul – create identityCitySoul is a family of modular street lighting luminaires, featuring state-of-the-art lamp and gear technologies and offering outstanding optical performance.
of the luminaire creates an elegant light-point.
Suitable for side-entry, suspended or post-top installation, and with its adjustable beam and light
Product Logo. Philips green products are at least 10% better than their reference product in
total environmental performance in general.
Citysoul comes in two sizes, along with a complete range of dedicated masts and brackets.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires2.120 Urban lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.121Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Breskens, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting
CitySoul
2.122
Optical performance
Versatile range
Post-top mounting
Side entry
Suspended
Opening the luminaire Direct access to the lamp Accessing the gear tray
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.123
CitySoul
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Light only where it is needed
CosmoPolis
Future-proof
Self-cleaning
CosmoPolis system in dedicated
CosmoR optic
Flat glass after 1.5 years near a
motorway, with DynaClean
Flat glass after 1.5 years near a
motorway, without DynaClean
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.124
CitySoul masts and brackets
CitySoul masts and bracketsProviding light is not enough. Cities are now looking for solutions that will contribute to the identity
every style, with elegance. Modern or classical, single or twin bracket, with the option for a pedestrian mini luminaire, CitySoul is versatile. Available in heights from 4 to 10 m, CitySoul solutions are available in standard Philips ultra dark grey,
ideal for residential areas, industrial or shoppings districts.
Horizontal bracket
Structural bracket
Jump bracket
Flip bracket
Morph bracket
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.125
CitySoul masts and brackets
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Natural bracket
City of Petersbach in France, CitySoul on Jump bracket
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.126
CitySoul masts and brackets
CitySoul Mini on a
cylindroconical mast
Combination of CitySoul on
Flip bracket and CitySoul Mini
on back
CitySoul on Jump bracket
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.127
CitySoul masts and brackets
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySoul on Morph bracket CitySoul on Sweep mast CitySoul Suspended on
double bracket
Philips outdoor luminaires2.128 Urban lighting
CitySoul
CitySoulCGP431
Light source HID:
Induction lamp system:
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear
Inductive
Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Optical cover Flat glass (FG)
Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD)
Polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options Lighting controls:
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene
Color Canopy: dark grey (GR)
Frame: silver grey
Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on
Installation
(76P)
Post-top mounting: tiltable with hinge (76PA)
(60S)
Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m,
depending on choice of mast and bracket
Accessories
Main applications Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas,
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.129Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySoul CGP431 urban-lighting
12.13 679730 00
12.13 679822 00
11.10 601848 00
11.10 603606 00
12.22 479354 00
10.79 479361 00
12.22 479385 00
CitySoul
CGP431 FG 76P CGP431 FG 60S
Philips outdoor luminaires2.130 Urban lighting
CitySoul
CGP430
Light source HID:
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear
Inductive
Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Optical cover Flat glass (FG)
Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD)
Polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options Lighting controls:
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene
Color Canopy: dark grey (GR)
Frame: silver grey
Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on
Installation
(76P)
Post-top mounting: tiltable with hinge (76PA)
(60S)
Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m,
depending on choice of mast and bracket
Accessories
Main applications Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas,
CitySoul Mini CGP430 urban-lighting
8.87 602722 00
8.87 679563 00
9.53 479033 00
9.71 479071 00
8.41 602746 00
CGP430 FG 76P CGP430 FG 60S
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.131Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CSP431
Light source HID:
Induction lamp system:
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942)
No
Gear
Inductive
Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Optical cover Flat glass (FG)
Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD)
Polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options Lighting controls:
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene
Color Canopy: dark grey (GR)
Frame: silver grey
Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on
Installation Suspended via 34 mm gas thread pipe
Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m,
depending on choice of mast and bracket
Main applications Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas,
CitySoul
CitySoul CSP431, suspended version
11.83 478777 00
10.40 478784 00
11.83 478791 00
CSP431 FG
Philips outdoor luminaires2.132 Urban lighting
horizons
is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting at heights of up to 8 meters. A range of light sources provide warm to cool light, and direct
the optical compartment has been designed to accommodate the
luminaire design and controls glare to the level of zero candelas above
light nuisance.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.133Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CPS400 (slim top dome, slim bowl)
CPS401 (slim top dome, wide bowl)
CPS402 (wide top dome, slim bowl)
CPS403 (wide top dome, wide bowl)
Light source HID:
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)
No
Gear
Ignitor Series (SI)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options Light regulation:
Filter coil (F) included
Frame: die-cast aluminum
Canopy: polycarbonate
stabilized
Color
All parts colored (AL), cover painted (CO)
Installation
(60P or 76P)
mm (42S or 60S)
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m
Accessories
Main applications Urban, shopping, residential and pedestrian areas,
city centers, parks
CPS400
CPS401
CPS402CPS403
Philips outdoor luminaires2.134 Urban lighting
luminaire
7.41 842936 00
8.36 842950 00
7.37 842905 00
8.13 842929 00
7.10 267654 00
luminaire
7.73 842998 00
8.68 843018 00
7.69 842967 00
8.45 842981 00
luminaire
8.48 267593 00
12.50 277790 00
luminaire
8.80 267609 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.135Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Dombasle, France
Philips outdoor luminaires2.136 Urban lighting
CPS500 (aluminum version)
Light source HID:
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 828)
No
Gear
Inductive (IN)
Optic
Optical cover Flat glass (FG)
Polycarbonate bowl (PC)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options
Filter coil (F) included
Frame: die-cast aluminum
Canopy: die-cast aluminum
stabilized
Color Grey (GR)
All parts colored (AL)
Installation
(60P or 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m
Accessories
Main applications Urban, shopping, residential and pedestrian areas,
city centers, parks
CPS500 FGCPS500 PC
9.23 476063 00
9.93 476087 00
9.23 678771 00
9.93 678818 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.137Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
gMounting bracket for clustering 2 luminaires 272344 00
Mounting bracket for clustering 3 luminaires 272351 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.138 Urban lighting
Nightwatch
based on a dedicated optical system, providing a symmetrical downward light distribution for optimum guidance.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.139Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Nightwatch
HGP433
Light source HID:
Lamp included No
Gear
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Ignitor
Canopy: die-cast aluminum
Canopy and mast: weather-resistant powder-
Color Akzo Nobel Noir 200 Sable
Installation
Adjustable console included
Remarks
Main applications Urban, pedestrian and residential areas,
promenades, parks, gardens, city centers, car parks
HGP433
15.00 085357 00
15.00 085364 00
Dedicated optical system offering
optimised guidance lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires2.140 Urban lighting
and with four different tops: open, cone, lamella and louver. Furthermore, a light eye can be added to each of the tops for additional guidance.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.141Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
HGP141 (small-post version)
HGP142 (medium-post version)
HGP143 (long-post version)
Light source HID:
Induction lamp system:
Incandescent:
Lamp included Yes (light color 830 or 840)
No
Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)
Post tops: die-cast aluminum
Diffuser : hardened glass
Light eye: polycarbonate
Color Dark grey (GR)
Installation
fastened with Allen screws
Accessories Open post top, cone post top, light eye, louver
post top, lamella post top
Main applications Shopping, residential and pedestrian areas, parks,
for gear compartment for optical compartment
(HGP)
A
HGP141 800
HGP142 1200
HGP143 1600
Philips outdoor luminaires2.142 Urban lighting
3.50 217253 00
4.40 217185 00
4.20 217192 00
4.40 217208 00
5.00 217352 00
4.50 217239 00
4.90 217246 00
8.50 219578 00
5.20 217215 00
3.10 217314 00
3.20 222349 00
2.40 217284 00
2.00 217338 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.143Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires2.144 Urban lighting
applications. It offers a choice of two distinctive designs suitable for discharge,
internal louver ensures glare-free light distribution.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.145Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
HCP170 (round top with clear cover version)
Light source HID:
Incandescent:
Lamp included No
Optic element Internal louver (LO)
Optical cover Polycarbonate cover, clear (PCC)
Polycarbonate cover, prismatic (PCP)
Column: aluminum, black powder baked
Diffuser : polycarbonate
Installation
three anchor bolts (to be cast in concrete base)
Accessory
PCC
Remarks
Main applications Urban and pedestrian areas, promenades, city
HCP170 PCC HCP171 PCP
bollard with GCP170 clear diffuser
(PCC)6.60 140377 00
7.80 140360 00
7.00 140407 00
8.20 140391 00
GCP170 PCP 140421 00
GCP170 PCC Clear diffuser (PCC) 140414 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.146 Urban lighting
bollards, both available with a variety of discharge and incandescent or compact
ensure glare-free light distribution.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.147Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
HGC136 (low version)
HGC137 (high version)
Light source
HID:
Lamp included No
Diffuser : polycarbonate
Internal louver: aluminum, white painted
Gear tray: reinforced polypropylene
Installation
anchor bolts (to be cast in concrete base)
Main applications Urban and pedestrian areas, promenades, city
HGC136
HGC137
5.60 275031 00
5.60 275017 00
6.05 824260 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.148 Urban lighting
8.10 275079 00
8.90 275055 00
7.90 824284 00
1.00 275109 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.149Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Customized solutions
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.150
Customized solutions
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.151
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Customized solutions
of life. An opportunity that is as broad as your imagination.
technology, the aesthetics of the setting, environmental constraints, etc.
In this way, we enable architects and lighting designers to turn their creative ideas into reality.
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.152
Multipole
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.153
Urb
an lig
htin
g
MultipoleMultipole is ideal for custom-made lighting solutions.
Multipole
Road Light
Pedestrian Light
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.154
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.155
Urb
an lig
htin
g
St Herbain, FranceCarré Senart, France
Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.156 Montpellier, France
Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.157
Urb
an lig
htin
g
with intelligent, dynamic lighting control systems.
St Rambert, FranceMontpellier, France
Philips outdoor luminaires2.158
Intro Project Luminaires
Urban Lighting Pandrup, Denmark
2.159
Urb
an L
ightin
g
Project Luminaires
Urban LightingPhilips outdoor luminaires
Project LuminairesNordic design for urban lighting
Over the years Philips has developed a close working relationship with Danish architects.
Philips outdoor luminaires2.160 Urban lighting
Asklepios
Asklepios is a range of column and bollard luminaires with a contemporary
urban environment, creating soft directional effects and a pleasant ambience.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.161Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Asklepios
HGP424 (column version)
HGP425 (bollard version)
Light source
HGP424
HGP425
Lamp included Yes (light color 840)
Gear
Screws: stainless steel
Installation
Luminaire supplied with embedded mounting root
Remarks
Main applications Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, parks,
gardens and waterfronts
HGP424
HGP425
Asklepios HGP424 column luminaire
20.50 082769 00
Asklepios HGP425 bollard luminaire
68.00 082776 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.162 Urban lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.163Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires2.164 Urban lighting
Aether
environment, creating soft directional effects and a pleasant ambience.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.165Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Aether
HGP428 (column version)
HGP429 (bollard version)
Light source
HGP428:
HGP429:
Lamp included Yes (light color 840)
Gear
Louvers: acrylic
Screws: stainless steel
Installation
Luminaire supplied with embedded mounting root
Remarks
Main applications Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, parks,
gardens and waterfronts
HGP428
HGP429
Aether HGP428 column luminaire
51.50 092843 00
Aether HGP429 bollard luminaire
21.00 084060 00
21.00 092850 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.166 Urban lighting
Lightshell
spiral, resulting in a soft directional light.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.167Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Lightshell
HGP432
Light source
Lamp included No
Gear
Housing and baseplate: sand-cast aluminum,
RAL 9006)
Screws: stainless steel
Installation
Main applications Shopping and residential areas, parks, gardens
HGP432
Lightshell HGP432 bollard luminaire
15.00 085067 00
15.00 086330 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.168 Urban lighting
attractive
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.169Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
SRS420
Light source HID:
Lamp included No
Gear
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Optical cover Flat glass (FG)
Ignitor
Option
Housing: chill-cast aluminum
Spigot mounting bracket and clip: anodized
aluminum
Cover: hardened glass
Color Silver grey (GR)
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry 60 mm
Recommended mounting height: 4 to 6 m
Remarks
Main applications Shopping, urban and residential areas, roads, city
SRS420
luminaire
13.50 080017 00
13.00 080024 00
13.50 010342 00
14.30 010113 00
14.50 086118 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.170 Urban lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.171Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires2.172 Urban lighting
Arken
Arken is a luminaire with integrated gear for a variety of post- and wall-mounting applications. It provides rotation-symmetrical lighting by
a soft and glare-free light effect. Designed in co-operation with the
for contemporary urban environments.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.173Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Arken
HPS930
Light source HID:
Lamp included No
Gear
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Ignitor
Housing: chill-cast aluminum, powder-coated RAL
9007
Diffuser : opal glass
Installation
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m2) installation
cable
Accessories
Main applications Urban, shopping and residential areas, city centers,
HPS930
Arken HPS930 urban-lighting luminaire
13.20 016153 00
13.30 093789 00
14.10 093819 00
12.50 093802 00
Arken HPS930 urban lighting luminaire
080307 00
092591 00
909776 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.174 Urban lighting
Helios
Helios is a luminaire of elegant, contemporary design, symbolizing
dedicated spigot allowing the use of thicker, more imposing columns. Made of impact-resistant materials, Helios is suitable for post-top mounting at a height of about 3-4 meters or wall mounting with
without glare.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.175Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Helios
HPS900
Light source HID:
Induction lamp system:
Lamp included Yes (light color 827, 830, 840)
No
Gear
Parallel compensated (IC)
Frame and housing: chill-cast aluminum
Diffuser : acrylic, opal
Installation Post-top on a 156 mm column2) installation
cable
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m
Accessories
Main applications Urban, residential, shopping and pedestrian areas,
commercial and business centers, parks, footpaths
HPS900
Helios HPS900 urban-lighting luminaire
19.50 000152 00
19.50 080703 00
19.20 007908 00
20.40 000190 00
Helios HPS900 urban lighting luminaire
003566 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.176 Urban lighting
distinctiondesign with a robust, durable construction. Featuring a highly distinctive lit triangle perpendicular to the housing for visual guidance
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.177Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
gLight source HID:
Induction lamp system:
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 840)
No
Gear
Inductive, parallel
compensated (IC)
Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Perforated mask (MK)
Optical cover Clear glass (GC)
Frosted glass (GF)
Options
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Cover: tempered glass
Color Dark grey, RAL 7021
Installation
Dedicated accessories available for different
mounting possibilities
Recommended mounting height: 3 to 5 m
Accessories Mounting brackets for post-top and wall mounting
Mounting arms, mounting holders, gasket,
decorative cover, adapter
Main applications Shopping, urban, pedestrian and residential areas,
roads, area lighting, parks, gardens, city centers and
and clear glass (GC) or frosted glass
(GF) cover 11.01 011582 00
9.85 219797 00
9.62 219803 00
9.85 238644 00
10.71 127443 00
11.02 128334 00
Philips outdoor luminaires2.178 Urban lighting
Pole-mounting bracket, single
074297 00
Pole-mounting bracket, twin
074303 00
Adapter, diameter 76 to 60 mm
074327 00
Adapter, diameter 76 to 114 mm
495665 00
074334 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.179Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
496082 00
RAL7021571260 00
RAL7021571277 00
RAL7021571284 00
Nordenham, Germany
Philips outdoor luminaires2.180 Urban lighting
CitySwan
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.181Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
makes the luminaire a perceptible object in public space. During nighttime CitySwan illuminates street and space with a soft and functional light.
Philips outdoor luminaires2.182 Urban lighting
CitySwan
CRS439 (post-top mounting)
Light source HID:
Lamp included No
Inductive, parallel
compensated (IC)
Mast interface: aluminum
Cover: translucent PMMA
Diffuser : transparent PC
Installation
pipe thread
pipe thread
a
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 5.5 m
Adjustable light distribution: 6 positions2
Accessory Dedicated brackets
Main applications Urban areas, shopping and residential streets, city
CRS439
luminaire
7.00 095967 00
7.00 095974 00
6.30 095981 00
6.30 095998 00
7.00 096032 00
7.00 096049 00
6.30 096056 00
6.30 096063 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.183Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
CitySwan
Philips outdoor luminaires2.184 Urban lighting
Pivot
environmentally friendly residential lighting
futuristic alternative to traditional street lighting.
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.185Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Pivot
CGS435
Light source
Lamp included Yes
Housing: impact resistant PMMA
Mast interface: cast aluminum
Cover: impact resistant translucent PMMA
Color Grey, painted with structure polyester powder
coating
Installation
a
Recommended mounting height: 4.0 - 5.5 m
Adjustable light distribution: 0 positions2
Accessory Dedicated masts
Main applications Urban areas, shopping and residential streets, city
CGS435
Pivot CGS435 urban-lighting luminaire
5.40 093949 00
5.40 093956 00
Specially designed bracket arm with
degree markings to accommodate
precise adjustment of the luminaire
according to the individual installation
Philips outdoor luminaires2.186 Urban lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 2.187Urban lighting
Urb
an lig
htin
g
Image from visualisation service
Road and tunnel lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.2
Lighting the road ahead
and tunnel lighting, we are in an ideal position to analyze market trends and come up with appropriate solutions.
Our business is to apply technological innovation to the design and development of the road and tunnel lighting products of the future, in response to the wishes and needs of our customers.
All Philips luminaires are optimized in terms of wattage, in order to provide precisely the right level of light in the right place at the right time. Compact, aesthetically pleasing luminaires
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.3
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Beeld uit prisma image nog plaatsen
The growing popularity of high-quality white light sources is being met by a range of special lamps (CosmoPolis system, CDM-T, CDO-TT, PL-T), and optics are being adapted to the new lamps, further improving performance. Better materials and IP66 are contributing to the durability of installations, while the increasing use of longlasting lamps, electronic gear and telemanagement is optimizing running costs.
The best possible cost/light quality ratio In view of the constant pressure on city maintenance budgets, it makes sense to opt for luminaires that are easy to install and maintain. We recommend a predictive maintenance policy, which argues in favor of the installation of long-life lamps and luminaires.
Respect for the environment Care for the environment means using lamps that are free of heavy metals and luminaires that
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.4
Product review – Road lighting
SGP6823.13
Koffer2Iridium
Page
ModenaSGP681
3.11SGS252/452
3.20SGS253/453
3.24SGS254/454
3.28SGP070
3.38SGP100
3.40
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.5
Product review – Road lighting
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SeleniumSGP340
3.55
MantaSGS305
3.45SGS306
3.47 3.51 3.51
SGS203/403
3.59
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.6
Product review – Road lighting
AluRoad Residium
PageSRP221
3.64SRP222
3.65
MalagaSGS101
3.69SGS102
3.70FGS224
3.74FGS223
3.76FGS225
3.77
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.7
Product review – Road lighting
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
FGS103
3.80
FGS104
3.80
FGS105
3.80
SRS201 (90W)
3.84
SRS201 (135W)
3.84
SRS201 (180W)
3.84
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.8
Selection guide – Road lighting
Luminaire Type Page Ingress
protection
(IP value)
Insulation
class
Standard
tilt angle
post top
(°)
Adjustable
tilt angle
(°)
Adjustable
light
distribution
Max
windage area
by side
(m2)
Max SCx
values
by side
(m2)
Side entry
spigot
(mm)
Ø
Post top
spigot
(mm)
Ø
Modena
SGP681 3.11 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.154 0.065 42-60 42-60
SGP682 3.13 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.195 0.085 42-60 42-60
Iridium
SGS252/452 3.20 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.12 0.059 34-60 60-76
SGS253/453 3.24 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.15 0.063*1 34-60 60-76
SGS254/454 3.28 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.20 0.063 42-60 60-76
Koffer2
SGP070 3.38 66 I/II 10 - 5 positions 0.08 - 34-48 60-76
SGP100 3.40 66 I/II 10 - 7 positions 0.11 - 48-60 60-76
TrafficVision
SGS305 3.45 66/43 II 3 0-12 side-entry 19 positions 0.16 0.102 42-60 60-76
SGS306 3.47 66/43 II 3 0-12 side-entry 19 positions 0.20 0.124 42-60 60-76
Manta
3.51 65 I 0 - 3 positions 0.13 - 60-76 60-76
3.51 65 I 0 - 2 positions 0.18 - 60 -
Selenium
SGP340 3.55 66 I/II 5 0, 5 and 15 5 positions 0.14 0.077 48-60(34)*2 48-60(76)*2
SGS203/403
SGS203/403 3.59 65/43 I/II 5 - 5 positions 0.14 0.044 34-60*3 60-76*3
AluRoad
SRP221 3.64 65 I/II 15 - - 0.065 0.022 - -
SRP222 3.65 65 I/II 15 - - 0.08 0.027 - -
Malaga
SGS101 3.69 65/43 II 15 - - 0.09 0.04 42-60(34)*2 42-60(76)*2
SGS102 3.70 65/43 II 15 - - 0.15 0.06 42-60(34)*2 42-60(76)*2
Residium
FGS223 3.74 65/43 I - 5 and 15 - 0.14 0.055 42-60(34)*2 42-60(76)*2
FGS224 3.76 65/43 I - 5 and 15 - 0.16 0.057 42-60(34)*2 42-60(76)*2
FGS225 3.77 65/43 I 5 - - 0.19 0.059 34-60 60-76
FGS103/104/105
FGS103 3.80 65/43 I 5 - - 0.09 0.03 42-60 60-76
FGS104 3.80 65/43 I 5 - - 0.11 0.04 42-60 60-76
FGS105 3.80 65/43 I 5 - - 0.14 0.05 42-60 60-76
SRS201
90 W version 3.84 65/43 I 5 - - 0.21 0.05 60 -
135 W version 3.84 65/43 I 5 - - 0.28 0.09 60 -
180 W version 3.84 65/43 I 5 - - 0.27 0.124 60 -
Tunlite
CRX202 3.94 66 I/II*4 - - no - - - -
CRX203 3.94 66 I/II*4 - - yes*5 - - - -
CRX204 3.94 66 I/II*4 - - yes*5 - - - -
CRX206 3.94 66 I/II*4 - - yes*5 - - - -
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.9
Selection guide – Road lighting
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SON-I/E SON-T SOX-(E) PL-L PL-T CDO-ET
CDO-TT
CDM-T QL TL-D CPO-
TW
Electronic
Ballast
Louvers
• • - - - • • - - • • •- • - - - - - - - - • -
• • - - • • • - - • • •• • - - • • • • - • • •• • - - - - - • - - • -
• • - • - • - • - • • •• • - • - • - • - • • -
• • - - - - - - - - • -
• • - - - - - • - - • -
• • - - - • - - - - • -
• • - - - • - - - - • -
• • - - - - - - - - • -
• • • - • • • • - - • -
• • - - - • - - - - - -
• • - - - • - - - - - -
• • - - - - - - - - - -
• • - - - - - - - - - -
- - • • - - - - - - • •- - • • - - - - - - • •- - • • - - - - - - • -
- - • • - - - - - - • -
- - • • - - - - - - • -
- - • • - - - - • - • -
- - • - - - - - - - • -
- - • - - - - - - - - -
- - • - - - - - - - - -
- • - - - - - - - - - -
- • • • - - - • - - - -
- • • • - - - • - - - -
- • • • - - - • - - - -
*1 SCx - value with louvers: 0.081 *4 Class II for SON-T lamps only
*2 Available on request *5 For T4 and T5 optics only
*3 Various spigot adapters to be ordered separately
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.10
Modena
Modena – beauty and
Modena is a road-lighting luminaire that combines elegance and
strong and distinctive visual character. Modena comes in two sizes for different application heights and offers a wide choice of optical, electrical and mechanical options to satisfy all road applications. It allows considerable energy savings (dimming with standard dimming devices or stand-alone Chronosense system; electronic ballast or Telemanagement system). Maintenance is easily carried out from above, with no tools required to exchange the lamp, gear or bowl.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.11
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Modena
ModenaType SGP681 (small version)
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)
Closed CT-pot (CR) for CDO and SON lamps
“Opti-C” concept with double IP-66, simplify
cleaning of the optic and improve lamp position
precission
Closed XT-pot (CX) or SON lamps, gives extra
wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width
ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher. “Opti-C” concept
Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant
Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night
preservation solution
Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on
adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve
the maintenance factor
nuissance
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Series, digital ignitor (SUD)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)
Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10)
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-
10Vdc (D6)
Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc
(D7)
Filter coil (F) included
Fuse (FU) included
Canopy, frame, spigot and closing clip: die-cast
aluminum
Optics: high purity aluminum
Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilised
or toughened glass IK08
Color Grey (GR)
Other RAL or AKZO Sablé colors available on
request
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Recommended mounting height: 10 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions
Max windage area: 0.154 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.065 m2
Maintenance Tool-less opening from above
Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGS253 L-FRONT resp
L-BACK
Remarks Designed to be dismantled completely, all parts can
be recycled
Main applications Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industry
lamp and gear compartment
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.12
Modena
Modena SGP681 road-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP681 CDO-TT70W K II CR PC AL GR ST 10.95 504682 00
SGP681 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB AL GR ST 12.07 504675 00
SGP681 CDO-TT100W K II CR FG AL GR ST 12.07 504606 00
SGP681 CDO-TT150W K II CR FG AL GR ST 12.70 504637 00
SGP681 CDO-TT150W K II CR GB AL GR ST 12.72 504644 00
SGP681 FG SGP681 GB
SGP681 PC La Nucia, Spain
Lighting design: Bernabé Cano
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.13
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
ModenaType SGP682 (large version)
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250, 400 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic Closed T-pot (CP) “Opti-C” concept with double
IP-66, simplify cleaning of the optic and improve
lamp position precission
Optical cover Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night
preservation solution
Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on
adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve
the maintenance factor
nuissance
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Series, digital ignitor (SUD)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)
Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc
(D7)
Filter coil (F) included
Fuse (FU) included
Canopy, frame, spigot and closing clip: die-cast
aluminum
Optics: high purity aluminum
Optical covers: toughened glass IK08
Color Grey (GR)
Other RAL or AKZO Sablé colors available on
request
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Recommended mounting height: 15 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions
Max windage area: 0.195 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.085 m2
Maintenance Tool-less opening from above
Remarks Designed to be dismantled completely, all parts can
be recycled
Main applications Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industry
lamp and gear compartment
Modena
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.14
Modena
AccessoriesEasy-to-install front and back louvers
attached to the Modena luminaire
Product ID EOC
ZGS253 L-FRONT 833088 00
ZGS253 L-BACK 833095 00
Modena SGP682 road-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP682 SON-T150W K II CP FG AL GR SP 16.62 504781 00
SGP682 SON-T250W K II CP FG AL GR SP 16.72 504804 00
SGP682 SON-T250W K II CP GB AL GR SP 17.44 504811 00
SGP682 SON-T400W K II CP GB AL GR SP 19.34 600902 00
SGP682 SON-T400W II CP GB AL GR SP 19.34 602517 00
SGP682 FG SGP682 GB
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.15
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Modena
Thurrock, United Kingdom
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.16
Iridium
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.17
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Iridium SGS254/454 large versionIridium SGS253/453 medium versionIridium SGS252/452 small version
Iridium – lighting the road aheadThe Iridium range boasts an elegant, gently rounded form. It offers a wide choice of optical, electrical and mechanical combinations to suit all road-lighting applications. In addition, its modularity allows the integration of new optical or electronic components in order to adapt to the changing demands of road lighting, e.g. the growing demand for white light and controls. Iridium ensures low cost of ownership thanks to its superior optics, its dimming and Telemanagement capability, and low installation and maintenance costs.
The Iridium luminaire family comes in three different sizes for three main applications – residential areas and minor roads; major roads; motorways – and is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting. A full range of brackets designed to ensure visual consistency between column and luminaire completes the Iridium family, offering a total solution.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.18
Iridium
Iridium – the evolution of road lightingThe never-ending evolutionIridium provides the clearest illustration yet of the shift from the original purpose of “the right light in the right place” toward a “Green City light solution”. Thanks to its worldwide design acceptance and its modularity (based on a wide range of sizes, materials and options), Iridium enables outdoor lighting authorities to introduce the most advanced green innovations while ensuring the best possible Total Cost of Ownership.
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.19
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Sustainability
quality lighting installations with Iridium and CosmoPolis.Iridium’s electronic ballast and dimming capability – with any type of outdoor lamp – also rationalizes energy consumption.
Iridium helps protect the environment and the quality of life. Thanks to its variety of optics, Iridium can cover all
latest lighting standards.
MaintenanceIridium provides yet another example of Philips’ commitment to creating maintenance-friendly lighting solutions – not only with its mechanical operations, fully recyclable glass, aluminum and plastic materials, tool-less access, absence of glue, and plug-and-socket connectors, but also with its electronic ballast and Starsense, the highly advanced Telemanagement solution. With Starsense, each individual light point can be switched on or off or dimmed as required, and automatic monitoring provides continuous feedback on the status of each lamp. The rationalization and drastic
South Tyneside, England 25,000 lighting points with Iridium and CosmoPolis
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.20
Iridium SGS252/452
IridiumType
version)
SGS452 (aluminum canopy version)
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /
100 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-TT / E27 / 35, 70 W
1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,
150 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 or 5* / 32,
42, 57 W
*depends on wattage
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC) for all ME-classes
CosmoPolis optic R60 (R60) for S-classes and low
ME-classes
Cycle path optic (CYC). Only for GB and PC.
Optimize for CosmoPolis low S-classes. Internal tilt
possibility to improve spacing and reduce glare
Facetted open CT-pot (OR) “Opti-O” easy lamp
access
Closed CT-pot (CR) “Opti-C” double IP-66,
simplify cleaning of the optic and improve lamp
position precision
Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant
Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night
preservation solution
Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on
addition to GB the self-cleaning technology
improve the maintenance factor
nuisance
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Series, digital ignitor (SUD)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)
Options
Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10)
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc
(D7)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Filter coil (F) included
Fuse (FU) included
Knife-connector (KC) included
Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce
maintenance risks
Mould Coating* (SGS252) or aluminum (SGS452)
Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum
Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilized
or toughened glass IK08
Gear-tray housing: polyamide
Front clip: stainless steel
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.21
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Iridium SGS252/452
Color Grey (GR)
Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request
(e.g. 7035)
Metallized frame (FM) for better apparience during
life of the product
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
(60/76)
Recommended mounting height: 6 - 8 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable tilt optic: only in CYC-optic two
positions; 0, -5º
Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions
Max windage area: 0.12 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.059 m2
Maintenance Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection
of plug and socket
Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGS252 L-FRONT, resp
L-Back
Dedicated mast, wall and pole brackets and
deco-elements available for different mounting
possibilities
Remarks
becoming exposed
The integration of the CosmoPolis system (CPO-
ballast), a better spacing (in new installations) and
less energy consumption (in new and existing
installations) can be obtained
compartment
Compliant with EN 60598-2-3
Main applications Residential and industrial areas, roads, bicycle paths
SGS252 FG SGS252 GB
SGS252 PC
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.22
Iridium SGS252/452
Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR FG GR ST 8.22 842554 00
SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II OR FG GR ST 8.22 842585 00
SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II OR FG GR ST 9.42 843322 00
SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR FG GR ST 8.22 849294 00
Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting
luminaire with glass bowl (GB)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB GR ST 8.24 842561 00
SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II OR GB GR ST 8.24 842592 00
SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB GR ST 9.44 843308 00
SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II OR GB GR ST 9.44 843339 00
SGS452 CDO-TT100W K II OR GB GR ST 9.84 843353 00
Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting
luminaire with polycarbonate bowl
(PC)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS252 CPO-TW45W K EB II OC PC GR 6.52 602210 00
SGS252 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC PC GR 6.42 849676 00
SGS252 CPO-TW90W K EB II OC PC GR 6.52 602227 00
SGS252 CPO-TW140W K EB II OC PC GR 6.52 602234 00
AccessoriesEasy-to-install front and back louvers
attached to the Iridium luminaire
Product ID EOC
ZGS252 L-FRONT 837581 00
ZGS252 L-BACK 837598 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.23
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Iridium SGS252/452
attached to the canopy. This facilitates
maintenance because it provides easy
access.
one unit with the bowl, and the lamp
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.24
Iridium SGS253/453
IridiumType
version)
SGS453 (aluminum canopy version)
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W
1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3, 4 or 5* /
32, 42, 57 W
*depends on wattage
Induction lamp system:
1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)
Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON
lamps, “Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept
Closed CT-pot (CR) same lamps in “Opti-C”
concept with double IP-66, simplify cleaning of the
optic and improve lamp position precision
Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra
wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width
ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher. “Opti-O” concept
Closed XT-pot (CX) same application in “Opti-C”
concept
Closed V-pot (opti-C) (CV) recuperate the back
light via V-louver
Facetted open T-pot (TP)
Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant
Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night
preservation solution
Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on
addition to GB the self-cleaning technology
improve the maintenance factor
nuisance
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Series, digital ignitor (SUD)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)
Options
Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10)
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-
10Vdc (D6)
Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc
(D7)
Photocell:
NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Filter coil (F) included
Fuse (FU) included
Knife-connector (KC) included
Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce
maintenance risks
Mould Coating* (SGS253) or aluminum (SGS453)
Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum
Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilized
or toughened glass IK08
Gear-tray housing: polyamide
Front clip: stainless steel
Color Grey (GR)
Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request
(e.g. 7035)
Metallized frame (FM) for better appearance
during life of the product
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.25
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Iridium SGS253/453
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
(60/76)
Recommended mounting height: 10 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions
Max windage area: 0.15 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.081 m2 with louvers
attached
Maintenance Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection
of plug and socket
Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGS253 L-FRONT, resp
L-Back
Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for
different mounting possibilities
Remarks
becoming exposed
The integration of the CosmoPolis system (CPO-
ballast), a better spacing (in new installations) and
less energy consumption (in new and existing
installations) can be obtained
compartment
Compliant with EN 60598-2-3
Main applications Residential and industrial areas, roads, crossings,
roundabouts
SGS253 FG SGS253 GB
SGS253 PC
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.26
Iridium SGS253/453
Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS253 SON-T100W K II CR FG GR SP 9.79 842646 00
SGS253 SON-T100W K II OR FG GR SP 9.79 842677 00
SGS253 SON-T150W K II CR FG GR SP 10.34 842707 00
SGS453 SON-T100W K II CR FG GR SP 11.77 843384 00
SGS453 SON-T100W K II OR FG GR SP 11.77 843414 00
SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR FG GR SP 12.32 843445 00
Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting
luminaire with glass bowl (GB)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS253 SON-T100W K EB 240V I CR GB GR 9.29 676944 00
SGS253 SON-T150W K EB 240V I CR GB GR 9.29 676968 00
SGS253 SON-T250W K 240V I CR GB GR ST 10.24 676975 00
SGS453 SON-T100W K II OR GB GR SP 11.73 843407 00
SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR GB GR SP 12.28 843438 00
Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting
luminaire with polycarbonate bowl
(PC)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS253 SON-T100W K II CR PC GR SP 8.77 842622 00
SGS253 SON-T100W K II OR PC GR SP 8.77 842653 00
SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR PC GR SP 11.30 843421 00
SGS453 SON-T150W K II OR PC GR SP 11.30 843452 00
SGS253 CPO-TW90W K EB II PC GR 8.23 603200 00
AccessoriesEasy-to-install front and back louvers
attached to the Iridium luminaire
Product ID EOC
ZGS253 L-FRONT 833088 00
ZGS253 L-BACK 833095 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.27
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Iridium SGS253/453
Lezno, Poland
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.28
Iridium SGS254/454
IridiumType
version)
SGS454 (aluminum canopy version)
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250, 400 W
1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
Induction lamp system:
1 x MASTER QL system / 165 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic Closed T-pot (CP) “Opti-C” with double IP-66,
simplify cleaning of the optic and improve lamp
position precision
Facetted open T-pot (TP) “Opti-O” easy lamp
access concept
Optical cover Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night
preservation solution
Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on
addition to GB the self-cleaning technology
improve the maintenance factor
nuisance
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Series, digital ignitor (SUD)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)
Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Photocell:
NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Filter coil (F) included
Fuse (FU) included
Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce
maintenance risks
Mould Coating* (SGS254) or aluminum (SGS454)
Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum
Optical covers: toughened glass IK08
Gear-tray housing: polyamide
Front clip: stainless steel
Color Grey (GR)
Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request
(e.g. 7035)
Metallized frame (FM) for better appearance
during life of the product
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
(60/76)
Recommended mounting height: 15 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions
Max windage area: 0.20 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m2
Maintenance Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection
of plug and socket
Accessories Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for
different mounting possibilities
Remarks
becoming exposed CP optic has double IP66
Compliant with EN 60598-2-3
Main applications Industrial areas, roads, crossings, roundabouts
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.29
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SGS254 FG
Iridium SGS254/454
Iridium SGS254/454 road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS254 SON-T250W K II CP FG GR SP 14.69 842417 00
SGS254 SON-T400W K II CP FG GR SP 16.44 842455 00
SGS254 SON-T250W K 240V I CP FG GR ST 14.69 677071 00
SGS254 SON-T400W K 240V I CP FG GR ST 16.44 677088 00
SGS454 SON-T250W K II TP FG GR SP 17.79 843537 00
SGS454 SON-T400W K II TP FG GR SP 19.54 843575 00
SGS254 GB
Iridium SGS254/454 road-lighting
luminaire with glass bowl (GB)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS254 SON-T250W K II CP GB GR SP 14.69 842370 00
SGS254 SON-T400W K II CP GB GR SP 16.44 842448 00
SGS254 SON-T250W 230V I OR GB GR ST 14.99 825168 00
SGS254 SON-T400W 230V I OR GB GR ST 16.74 845212 00
SGS254 SON-T250W K II TP GB GR SP 17.79 843520 00
SGS254 SON-T400W K II TP GB GR SP 19.54 843568 00
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.30
Brackets for Iridium
ZRS250 Iridium bracketsA full range of brackets designed to ensure visual consistency between column and luminaire completes the Iridium family, offering a total solution.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.31
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Brackets for Iridium
ZRS250 MBT
Double Bracket for two Iridium Luminaires
Product ID EOC
ZRS250 MBT L1500 D76 RAL 587080 00
ZRS250 MBT L1000 D76 RAL 587066 00
ZRS250 MBT L1500 D60 RAL 587042 00
ZRS250 MBT L1000 D60 RAL 587028 00
ZRS250 MBT L1500 D76 586991 00
ZRS250 MBT L1000 D76 586977 00
ZRS250 MBT L1500 D60 586953 00
ZRS250 MBT L1000 D60 586939 00
ZRS250 MBS
Single Bracket
Product ID EOC
ZRS250 MBS L1500 D76 586984 00
ZRS250 MBS L1000 D76 586960 00
ZRS250 MBS L1500 D60 586946 00
ZRS250 MBS L1000 D60 586922 00
ZRS250 MBS L1500 D76 RAL 587073 00
ZRS250 MBS L1000 D76 RAL 587059 00
ZRS250 MBS L1500 D60 RAL 587035 00
ZRS250 MBS L1000 D60 RAL 587011 00
Single Bracket for wall mounting
Product ID EOC
ZRS250 MBW L1000 RAL 587004 00
ZRS250 MBW L1000 586915 00
ZRS250 MBW
Product ID EOC
ZRS250 DECO L1000 GR 587097 00
ZRS250 DECO L1500 GR 587103 00
ZRS250 DECO L1000 RAL 587110 00
ZRS250 DECO L1500 RAL 587127 00ZRS250 DECO L1500
Accessories
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.32
Koffer2
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.33
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Koffer2 – economical systemKoffer2 is an archetypal modern road lighting luminaire, which meets the needs of today’s road users and operators. It is easy to install and maintain, delivers optimum optical performance and is future-proof. With its rectangular shape, Koffer2 offers an alternative to rounded luminaires.
Total cost over lifetime was the main consideration during the development phase. In addition
With the optional mast and bracket concept, the Koffer2 design is highly versatile: the two sizes can be integrated into futuristic concepts in modern urban environments or in more traditional lighting designs. The design of Koffer2 is a logical progression from the original Koffer design which has been sold over 3 million times throughout Europe. Koffer2 is, therefore, the ideal luminaire with which to upgrade or extend existing Koffer installations.
This universal road lighting luminaire comes in two sizes: Koffer2 70 is suitable for low mounting heights from 3.5 to 7 meters and Koffer2 100 for heights from 6 to 12 meters.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.34
Koffer2
Koffer2 – the safety specialistDifferent types of roads require different lighting solutions in respect of luminous intensity and light distribution. Koffer2 offers application-
optics for optimum performance.
Koffer2 offers seven different optics for different applications and lamps. With some optics, the light distribution can be adapted to the installation layout by adjusting the lamp position.
CosmoPolis: the foundation of change
is set to become the lamp technology of the future. It is the ideal lamp for Koffer2. In renovation projects, it enables the installed load to be halved compared with high-pressure mercury lamps. In new installations, energy consumption can even be reduced to a third compared with existing installations.
Koffer2
guarantees a smooth and pure design – regardless of the mast diameter.
For post-top installations, 76 mm:
the opening is fully open and the round
inside the luminaire
Post-top installation, 60 mm:
closes the rest of the opening and the
Side-entry installation:
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.35
Koffer2
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
MaintenanceMaintenance is tool-less. The frame opens downwards and all electrical components are directly visible.
Flat glass after 1.5 years near a
motorway, with DynaClean
Flat glass after 1.5 years near a
motorway, without DynaClean
7 m
9 m
38 m
38 m
Quickly replace glass bowls Quickly replace the gear-tray Replace lamps without toolsToolless opening of the luminaire
Compared to SON-T the spacing is increased by 15% and CO2 emissions
reduced by 40%.
Best environmental choiceThe CosmoPolis lamp and its electronic gear make it possible to increase spacings by up to +15%, while enabling a 40% reduction in CO2 emissions. Assembled without glue, with all plastic parts coded for traceability, Koffer2 is easily recycled, complying with RoHS and ready for WEEE.
Innovation – self-cleaning glass coversWith Koffer2, Philips is introducing another genuine innovation – DynaClean, a new coating that helps to maintain lighting levels.
photo-catalytic and hydrophilic coating. This is activated
destroy the dirt particles. This ‘self-cleaning’ coating slows the decline in lumen output over time. DynaClean increases the maintenance factor by 7 points. This leads to a potential spacing gain up to 9%.
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.36
Koffer2 masts and brackets
Koffer2 70 on a
cylindroconical
mast
Koffer2 100 on
A single and
double A
brackets
Koffer2 100 on
A single and
double brackets
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.37
Koffer2 masts and brackets
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Koffer2 100 on
single and double
K8 brackets
Koffer2 100 on
single and double
K1 brackets
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.38
Koffer2 SGP070
Koffer2
Type SGP070
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100 W
2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 11 W
1 x or 2 x MASTER PL-L 4 PIN / 2G11 / 18 W
Induction lamp system:
1 x MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)
No
Mains supply 230 or 240 V
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)
Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON
lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept
Wide beam (WB). Only for GB and PC. At low
mounting heights in narrow paths
with maximum glare control
Optical cover Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night
preservation solution
Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on
adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve
the maintenance factor
nuissance
Acrylic bowl, frosted (ACF) no yellowing
Polycarbonate bowl, frosted (PCF) vandal-resistant
Ignitor Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Series digital ignitor (SUD)
Options
Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc
(D7)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Filter coil (F) included
Fuse (FU) included
Knife-connector (KC) included
Pre-equipped cables without plug connector:
cable lengths of: 6 m (C6K), 10 m (C12K)
Housing: aluminum
Optical covers: acrylic or polycarbonate bowls, UV-
stabilized or hardened glass, min IK08
Color Grey (RAL 7035) or white (RAL 9006)
Other RAL colors available on request (e.g. 7024)
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 48 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
Spigot is integrated, continuously variable
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 7 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 10º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions
Max windage area: 0.08 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.035 m2
Maintenance Toolless from below. Opening by one main clip
Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGP070 L-FRONT resp
L-BACK
Dedicated mast and pole brackets available for
different mounting possibilities
Main applications Pedestrian and parking areas, bicycle paths
lamp and gear compartment
SGP070 + ZGP070 FG SGP070 + ZGP070 GB
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.39
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SGP070 + ZGP070 PCF/ACF
Koffer2 SGP070
Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP070 CPO-TW45W K EB FG 7.21 234493 00
SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB II FG 6.85 227228 00
SGP070 SON-T50/70W II FG 7.51 226085 00
SGP070 SON-T50/70W II RW FG AL 9007 7.95 237586 00
SGP070 CDO-TT70W K II FG 7.36 228966 00
Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire
with glass bowl (GB)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP070 CPO-TW45W K EB GB 7.24 234462 00
SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB II GB 1.11 227105 00
SGP070 CPO-TW90W K EB II GB 1.11 238118 00
SGP070 CPO-TW140W K EB II GB 9006 6.90 227075 00
SGP070 SON-T100W K II GB 7.36 228829 00
Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire
with structured plastic bowl (ACF/PCF)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP070 SON-T50/70W II WB ACF SW 7.36 226061 00
SGP070 SON-T50/70W II ACF SW 7.25 226108 00
SGP070 QL55W/840 HF I ACF 6.45 226412 00
SGP070 PL-L18W II ACF 8.24 226924 00
SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB ACF 6.69 234523 00
AccessoriesKoffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire
with louvers
Product ID EOC
ZGP070 L-FRONT 227631 00
ZGP070 L-BACK 227648 00
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.40
Koffer2 SGP100
Koffer2
Type SGP100
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12
/ 60, 90, 140 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150, 250 W
1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250 W
1 x SON / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W
2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 18 W
Induction lamp system:
1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)
No
Mains supply 230 or 240 V
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)
Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON
lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept
Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra
wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width
ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher.”Optic-O” concept
crossing left side asymmetric optic
crossing right side asymmetric optic
Optical cover Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night
preservation solution
Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on
adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve
the maintenance factor
nuissance
bowl, frosted (ACF) no yellowing
Ignitor
Semi-parallel, digital (SND)
Series digital ignitor (SUD)
Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-
10Vdc (D6)
Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc
(D7)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Filter coil (F) included
Fuse (FU) included
Knife-connector (KC) included
Pre-equipped cables without plug connector:
cable lengths of: 6 m (C6K), 10 m (C12K)
Housing: aluminum
Optical covers: acrylic or polycarbonate bowls, UV-
stabilized or hardened glass, min IK08
Color Grey (RAL 7035) or white (RAL 9006)
Other RAL colors available on request (e.g. 7024)
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
Spigot is integrated, continuously variable
Recommended mounting height: 6 - 12 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 10º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions
Max windage area: 0.11 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.054 m2
Maintenance Toolless from below. Opening by one main clip
Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGP100 L-FRONT resp
L-BACK
Dedicated mast and pole brackets available for
different mounting possibilities
Main applications Roads, pedestrian and parking areas
lamp and gear compartment
SGP100 + ZGP100 FG SGP100 + ZGP100 GB
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.41
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SGP100 + ZGP100 ACF
Koffer2 SGP100
Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB FG 9.75 234745 00
SGP100 SON-T100W K 240V FG 10.43 234844 00
SGP100 SON-T150W K 240V FG 10.98 234936 00
SGP100 SON-T250W K 240V FG 11.87 235025 00
SGP100 CDO-TT250W K II FG 11.87 228942 00
Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire
with glass bowl (GB)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP100 CPO-TW60W K EB II GB 9006 9.59 226733 00
SGP100 CPO-TW90W EB II GB 9006 8.83 226726 00
SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB II GB 9006 9.72 226740 00
SGP100 SON-T150W K II GB 10.95 228867 00
SGP100 SON-T250W K II GB 11.84 228874 00
Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire
with structured acrylic bowl (ACF)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP100 QL55W/840 HF I ACF 8.70 226696 00
SGP100 QL85W/840 HF I ACF 8.72 226689 00
SGP100 PL-L18W II ACF 9.70 226832 00
SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB ACF 9.05 234691 00
SGP100 SON-T150W II R-A-R ACF 10.28 226535 00
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.42
Koffer2 SGP100
AccessoriesKoffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire
with louvers
Product ID EOC
ZGP100 L-FRONT 227655 00
ZGP100 L-BACK 227662 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.43
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Koffer 2 SGP100
Vechta, Germany
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.44
exactly the right lightdeliver light precisely where it is needed, in the quantity needed, for safe and comfortable driving. Dedicated facetted optics optimize beam control and maximize light output, while graduated adjustment
safe maintenance.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.45
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Type SGS305
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Series, digital ignitor (SUD)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)
Optic Facetted T-POT (TP) in a close optical system IP66
Optical cover
nuissance
Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant
Polymethyl methacrylate bowl (PM) non-yellowing
Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-
10Vdc (D6)
Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc
(D7)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Knife-connector as standard
polyester
Optical covers: acrylic, non-yellowing or
polycarbonate bowls, UV stabilized or toughened
glass IK08
Mounting module: die-cast aluminum
Color Grey (GR)
Other RAL colors available on request (RAL)
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
(76P)
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
(60S)
Recommended mounting height: 8 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 3º
Adjustable tilt angle: 0 - 12º (side entry)
Adjustable light distribution: 19 positions
Max windage area: 0.16 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.102 m2
Maintenance Tool-less opening the luminaire
Opening gear compartment breaks the electrical
circuit
Main applications Industrial areas, major and minor roads, motorways,
crossings, roundabounds
gear compartment lamp compartment
SGS305 FG SGS305 PM/PC
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.46
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS305 SON-T70W 230V FG RS GR SP 12.18 227108 00
SGS305 SON-T100W 230V FG RS GR SP 12.84 225982 00
SGS305 SON-T150W 230V FG RS GR SP 13.06 226026 00
SGS305 SON-T70W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 8.28 137643 00
SGS305 SON-T100W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 8.94 137353 00
SGS305 SON-T150W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 9.16 137650 00
luminaire with polycarbonate/PMMA
bowl (PC/PM)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS305 SON-T70W 230V PM RS GR SP 11.61 227092 00
SGS305 SON-T100W 230V PM GR SP 12.27 225975 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.47
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Type SGS306
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250, 400 W
1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W
Induction lamp system:
1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Empty (E) (without gear)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Series, digital ignitor (SUD)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)
Optic Facetted T-POT (TP) in a close optical system IP66
Optical cover
nuissance
Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant
Polythene bowl, opal (PE)
Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-
10 Vdc (D6)
Dimming via external communication 1-10 Vdc
(D7)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Fuse (FU) integrated
Filter coil (F) integrated
Knife-connector as standard
polyester
Optical covers: polythene or polycarbonate bowls,
UV stabilized or toughened glass IK08
Mounting module: die-cast aluminum
Color Grey (GR)
Other RAL colors available on request (RAL)
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
(76P)
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
(60S)
Recommended mounting height: 12 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 3º
Adjustable tilt angle: 0 - 12º (side entry)
Adjustable light distribution: 19 positions
Max windage area: 0.20 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.124 m2
Maintenance Tool-less opening the luminaire
Opening gear compartment breaks the electrical
circuit
Main applications Industrial areas, major and minor roads, motorways,
roundabounds, crossings
gear compartment lamp compartment
SGS306 FG SGS306 PE/PC
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.48
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS306 SON-T250W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 11.91 133720 00
SGS306 SON-T400W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 13.67 133737 00
luminaire with polycarbonate/PMMA
bowl (PC/PE)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS306 SON-T250W K II PE RS GR SP 42/60 11.17 600711 00
SGS306 SON-T250W II PE RS GR SP CH 42/60 12.95 600773 00
SGS306 SON-T250W II PE RS GR SP CH 42/60 12.95 128962 00
Removing the gear unitRemoving the lamp
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.49
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Heathrow, United Kingdom
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.50
Manta
Manta – optimum light distributionManta is a road and street lighting luminaire. The housing and canopy are made of die-cast aluminum. The luminaire also offers the choice of a tempered
materials guarantee a long service life and low life-cycle costs. Separate versions are available for smaller roads or motorways.
The luminaire incorporates T-POT optics, which facilitate wide pole spacings and extremely even illumination on wet paving, EP optics and CT-POT optics to ensure optimum distribution
They are suitable for installation on a pole arm or at the top of a pole.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.51
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Manta
MantaType 611/612HGV
621/622HGV
Light source 611HGV for tubular lamps
HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 150, 250,
400 W
612HGV for ovoid lamps
HID:
1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E40 / 150, 250 W
1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250 W
621HGV for tubular lamps
HID:
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100,
150 W
622HGV for ovoid lamps
HID:
1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON
lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept
Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra
wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width
ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher.”Opti-O” concept
Facetted open T-pot (TP) for SON-T-lamp versions
EP-Optic (EP) optic for elliptical light sources
(SON). The optics facilitate long pole spacing
Optical cover
nuissance
Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant
Acrylic bowl (AC) non-yellowing
Ignitor Series, self-stopping (SS)
Options Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-
10Vdc (D6)
Housing and canopy: die-cast sand-blasted
aluminum
Optical covers: acrylic, UV-stabilized or hardened
glass
Gear-tray housing: aluminum metal plate
Side-clips: stainless steel
Hinges: stainless steel
Color Natural sand-blasted aluminum
RAL colors
Installations 611/612HGV
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 - 60 mm
post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 76 mm with
adapter
Recommended mounting height: 8 - 12 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º (with adapter)
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 2 positions
Max. windage area: 0.18 m2
621/622HGV
Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 - 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 - 76 mm
Recommended mounting height: 6 - 10 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 3 positions
Max. windage area: 0.13 m2
Maintenance Tool-less opening from above and disconnection
by maintenance switch and plug and socket
Accessories Pole top adapter for 611/612HGV
Remarks The luminaire is standard provided with a
maintenance switch
Main applications Industrial areas, roads, roundabouts
lamp and gear compartment
611/612HGV FG 611/612HGV PC/AC
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.52
Manta
621/622HGV FG 621/622HGV AC
Manta 611/612/614HGV road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
611HGV SON-TPP150W K IC TP FG SS 14.55 527429 00
611HGV SON-TPP250W K IC TP FG SS 15.65 527436 00
611HGV SON-T400W IC I TP FG SS 16.80 527054 00
612HGV SON-PP150W K IC S FG SS 14.40 527450 00
612HGV SON-PP250W K IC S FG SS 15.50 527467 00
Manta 611/612/614HGV road-lighting
luminaire with PMMA/polycarbonate
bowl (AC/PC)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
614HGV SON-TPP150W K IC I TP AC 13.70 046432 00
614HGV SON-TPP250W K IC I TP AC 14.80 046449 00
614HGV SON-TPP400W K IC I TP PC 14.80 046456 00
612HGV SON150W IC I S AC SS 13.70 527153 00
612HGV SON250W IC I S AC SS 14.80 527160 00
Manta 621/622HGV road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
621HGV SON-TPP70W K IC TP FG SS 11.30 045329 00
621HGV SON-T100W EB I TP FG 11.30 019306 00
621HGV SON-T150W EB I TP FG 12.53 019313 00
621HGV CDO-TT100W EB I OR FG 11.30 019320 00
621HGV CDO-TT150W EB I OR FG 12.10 019337 00
Manta 621/622HGV road-lighting
luminaire with PMMA/polycarbonate
bowl (AC/PC)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
621HGV SON-TPP70W K IC TP AC SS 10.60 045336 00
621HGV SON-T100W EB I TP AC 10.60 019269 00
621HGV SON-T150W EB I TP AC 11.40 019276 00
621HGV CDO-TT100W EB I OR AC 10.60 019283 00
621HGV CDO-TT150W EB I OR AC 11.40 019290 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.53
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Manta
VT7 motorway, Porvoo, Finland
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.54
Selenium
Selenium – timeless designrounded form reduces its daytime visual impact, allowing it to integrate into any kind of environment. Selenium incorporates the
Energy savings are possible by means of dimming with a switch or stand-alone Chronosense system (without pilot cable).
Selenium is suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting, with a choice of three tilt angles for optimal installation (0, 5, 15º).
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.55
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Selenium
SeleniumType SGP340
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250, 400 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Optic Facetted semi closed T-POT (TP)
Optical cover
nuissance
Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Fuse (FU) included
Knife-connector (KC) included
Canopy and frame: die-cast aluminum
Mounting module: die-cast aluminum
Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl or toughened
glass
Closing clip: stainless steel
Color Grey (RAL 7035)
Other RAL colors available on request
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm
(48/60)
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 48 / 60 mm
(48/60)
Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top
Recommended mounting height: 10 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: 0º, 5º, and 15º
Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions
Max windage area: 0.14 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.077 m2
Maintenance From above by opening the housing with a single
quick-release clip
No tools needed for geartry and disconnection of
plug and socket
Accessories Spigots for 34 mm side-entry, ZGP340 SP34S and
76 mm post-top, ZGP340 SP76P
Main applications Industrial areas, roads, crossings, roundabouts
lamp and gear compartment
SGP340 FGSGP340 PC
Selenium SGP340 road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP340 SON-T50W K II FG SP 48/60 9.40 126678 00
SGP340 SON-T70W K II FG SP 48/60 9.50 126685 00
SGP340 SON-T100W K II FG SP 48/60 10.10 126692 00
SGP340 SON-T250W K II FG SP 48/60 11.90 126715 00
SGP340 SON-T400W K I FG ST 76 12.50 138886 00
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.56
Selenium
Selenium SGP340 road-lighting
luminaire with polycarbonate bowl
(PC)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGP340 SON-T70W K I PC SP 48/60 8.80 126524 00
SGP340 SON-T100W K I PC SP 48/60 9.40 126531 00
SGP340 SON-T150W K I PC SP 48/60 10.20 126548 00
SGP340 SON-T250W K II PC ST 48/60 11.60 126555 00
SGP340 SON-T50W K II PC ST 48/60 9.10 126722 00
SGP340 SON-T50/70W K II PC SS CH 48/60 9.60 126814 00
AccessoriesSpigot either for side-entry or post-top
mounting
Product ID EOC
ZGP340 SP76P 131115 99
ZGP340 SP48/60 131139 99
ZGP340 SP34/42 132501 99
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.57
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Selenium
Lesznie, Poland
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.58
SGS203/403
SGS203/403 – precision lightingSGS203/403 is a modular luminaire in contemporary style for safe and comfortable driving, and for area illumination, with low energy and maintenance costs. It offers a choice of canopies and a bowl or
control of beam direction. Energy savings are possible, for instance with the Chronosense dimming system (no pilot cable required).
SGS203/403 is suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.59
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SGS203/403
SGS203/403Type
version)
SGS403 (aluminum canopy version)
Light source HID:
1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26 W
1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W
1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / 32, 42 W
Induction lamp system:
1 x MASTER QL system / 55 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
High Frequency (HF)
High Frequency Performer (HFP)
Electronic (EB)
Optic Facetted open T-POT (TP) for easy lamp acces
concept
Optical cover
nuissance
Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant
Ignitor Series (SI)
Series, self-stopping (SS)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options
Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)
Light regulation:
Dimming switch (SW)
Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Filter coil (F) included
Fuse (FU) included
Pre-equipped cables without plug:
cable lengths of: 9 m (C9000), 12 m (C12K), 14
m (C14K)
or aluminum (SGS403)
Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum
Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilised
or toughened glass
Color Grey (RAL 7035)
Other RAL colors available on request
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 34, 42, 48, 60 or
76 mm (34P, resp 42P, 48P, 60P, 76P)
Recommended mounting height: 10 m
Standard tilt angle post top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions
Max windage area: 0.14 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.044 m2
Maintenance From above by opening the housing with a single
quick-release clip
Tools needed for geartry and disconnection of
plug and socket
Accessories Flexible spigot, ZGS200
Main applications Residential and industrial areas, roads
gear compartment lamp compartment
SGS203/403 FG SGS203/403 PC
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.60
SGS203/403
SGS203/SGS403 road-lighting luminaire Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS403 SON-T100W 230V II FG SP 9.54 151335 00
SGS403 SON-T150W 230V II FG SP 10.16 218151 00
SGS203 SON-TPP50W K 230V FG ST 5.69 722474 00
SGS203 SON-TPP70W K 240V FG ST 7.90 720715 00
SGS203 SON-TPP100W K 240V FG ST 7.60 720555 00
SGS203 SON-TPP150W K 230V FG ST 8.82 722504 00
SGS203/SGS403 road-lighting luminaire
with polycarbonate bowl
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS203 SON-TPP50W K 230V ST 5.90 721767 00
SGS203 SON-TPP100W K 230V ST 6.20 721743 00
SGS203 SON-TPP70W K 230V ST 6.30 721750 00
SGS203 SON-TPP150W K 230V ST 6.70 721798 00
SGS203 SON-T250W 240V ST 7.30 928258 00
AccessoriesSpigot either for side-entry or for post-
top mounting
Product ID EOC
ZGS200 SP60 216632 99
ZGS200 SP76 216649 99
ZGS200 SP42/48 599506 99
ZGS200 SP76-A10 151748 99
ZGS200 SP34 931043 99
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.61
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SGS203/403
Queen Elizabeth Bridge, Dartford, United Kingdom
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.62
AluRoad
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.63
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
AluRoad SRP222 road-lighting
luminaire (large)
AluRoad SRP221 road-lighting
luminaire (small)
AluRoad – street lighting made easyAluRoad is a robust, compact road-lighting luminaire that combines an attractive design with very good lighting performance. It is extremely easy to install and maintain.
priced AluRoad represents excellent value.
The visual impression created by the aluminum canopy and polycarbonate bowl makes AluRoad compatible with existing road lighting applications.
– and is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.64
AluRoad SRP221/222
AluRoadType SRP221
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x HPL-N / E27 / 50, 80, 125* W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear Electro magnetic (conventional), 230 or 240 V /
50 Hz
Optic
Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl
Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: Micro-mini-cell (P2)
Canopy: die-cast aluminum
Optical covers: polycarbonate
Closing clip: stainless steel
Color Grey, RAL 7035
Other RAL colors available on request
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm
(48/60) (or Ø 34 / 42 mm with reducing piece)
Integrated spigot into luminaire
Post-top mounting: adaptors for Ø 60 / 76 mm
Ambient temperature outdoor: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
*note: Ta 25ºC for HPL-N 125 W versions with
photocell (P2)
Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º
Adjustable light distribution: 3 positions
Max windage area: 0.022 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.065 m2
Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the bowl with a
single quick-release clip, replacement of the gear
tray requires only one screw driver and the bowl
replacement is easy and without any tools
Accessories Post top adaptor ZRP220 AD60/60 A5 and
ZRP220 AD76/60 A5, reducing piece for side entry
spigot ZRP220 AD34/42
Main applications Secondary roads, industrial and residential areas,
roundabouts
lamp and gear compartement
SRP221
AluRoad SRP221 road-lighting
luminaire (small)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SRP221 SON-TPP50W K II ST 48/60 3.66 615920 00
SRP221 SON-TPP70W K II ST 48/60 3.97 615951 00
SRP221 CDO-TT70W K II ST 48/60 3.97 615975 00
SRP221 SON-TPP70W K ST 34/42 4.06 616651 00
SRP221 CDO-TT70W K II ST 34/42 4.06 616699 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.65
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
AluRoadType SRP222
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250* W
1 x HPL-N / E27 / 50, 80, 125 W
1 x HPL-N / E40 / 250* W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,
150 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,
150 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear Electro magnetic (conventional), 230 or 240 V /
50 Hz
Optic
Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl
Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: Nema socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Canopy: die-cast aluminum
Optical covers: polycarbonate
Closing clip: stainless steel
Color Grey, RAL 7035
Other RAL colors available on request
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm
(48/60) (or Ø 34 / 42 mm with reducing piece)
Integrated spigot into luminaire
Post-top mounting: adaptors for Ø 60 / 76 mm
Ambient temperature outdoor: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
*note: Ta 25ºC for 250 W lamp versions
Recommended mounting height: 6 - 12 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º
Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions
Max windage area: 0.027 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.080 m2
Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the bowl with a
single quick-release clip, replacement of the gear
tray requires only one screw driver and the bowl
replacement is easy and without any tools
Accessories Post top adaptor ZRP220 AD60/60 A5 and
ZRP220 AD76/60 A5, reducing piece for side entry
spigot ZRP220 AD34/42
Main applications Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industrial areas
AluRoad SRP221/222
SRP222
AluRoad SRP222 road-lighting
luminaire (large)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SRP222 SON-TPP100W K II ST 48/60 5.12 616071 00
SRP222 SON-TPP150W K II ST 48/60 5.92 616101 00
SRP222 SON-TPP250W K II ST 48/60 6.87 616132 00
SRP222 CDO-TT100W K II ST 48/60 5.12 617054 00
SRP222 CDO-TT150W K II ST 48/60 5.92 617214 00
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.66
AluRoad SRP221/222
AccessoriesPost-top adaptor 60 mm
Product ID EOC
ZRP220 AD60/60 A5 621341 00
ZRP220 AD76/60 A5 621358 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.67
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
AluRoad SRP221/222
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.68
Malaga
Malaga – contemporary styleMalaga is a versatile road-lighting luminaire. It offers modern styling and quality lighting for safe and comfortable driving, and for area illumination, with low investment and maintenance costs. The optical system has been designed to deliver good beam control and light output.
Malaga provides optimal illuminance and good uniformity when the mounting height approximately equals the road width and the mast spacing is approximately 3.5 times the road width. It is suitable for post-top and side-entry mounting; a wall-mounting bracket is also available.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.69
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Malaga SGS101
MalagaType SGS101 (small version)
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W
1 x HPL-N / E27 / 80, 125 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Gear Electro magnetic (low loss, 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Optic
Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl
Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
stabilized
Optical cover: polycarbonate
Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, non-
corrosive
Color Grey, RAL 7035
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top
mounting
Recommended mounting height: 6 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: 15º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: n/a
Max windage area: 0.09 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.04 m2
Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily
removable gear tray
Accessories Spigots for 34 - 42 mm side-entry and 76 mm
post-top
Wall-mounting bracket
Main applications Residential areas, roads, car parks, industry
gear compartment lamp compartment
SGS101
Malaga SGS101 road-lighting luminaire,
side-entry mounting
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS101 SON-T50W II MR SP 3.90 118598 00
SGS101 SON-T70W II MR ST 3.90 122113 00
SGS101 SON-TPP50W K 240V II SP P1 3.70 721057 00
SGS101 SON-TPP50W K 240V II SP P3 3.65 721064 00
SGS101 SON-TPP50W K II ST 3.60 614633 00
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.70
Malaga SGS102
MalagaType SGS102 (large version)
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,
250 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W
1 x HPL-N / E40 / 250 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Gear Electro magnetic (low loss, 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive (IN)
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Optic
Ignitor Series (SI)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Options Photocell: NEMA socket (P1)
stabilized
Optical cover: polycarbonate
Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, non-
corrosive
Color Grey, RAL 7035
Choice of light grey, lively orange, red or blue for
the canopy
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top
mounting
Recommended mounting height: 10 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: 15º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: n/a
Max windage area: 0.15 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.06 m2
Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily
removable gear tray
Accessories Spigots for 34 - 42 mm side-entry and 76 mm
post-top
Wall-mounting bracket
Main applications Residential areas, roads, car parks, industry
gear compartment lamp compartment
SGS102
Malaga SGS102 road-lighting luminaire,
side-entry mounting
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SGS102 SON-TPP150W K II MR-AS SP 5.90 137520 00
SGS102 SON-TPP100W K II MR-AS SP 5.60 137513 00
SGS102 SON-TPP250W K II MR-AS SP 6.90 137537 00
SGS102 SON-TPP100W K 240V II SP 5.20 721101 00
SGS102 SON-TPP150W K 240V II SP 5.50 721125 00
SGS102 SON-TPP250W K 240V II SP 6.50 721149 00
SGS102 SON-T250W K II ST 7.50 610253 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.71
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Malaga SGS102
Brusy, Poland
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.72
Residium
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.73
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Residium FGS225 large versionResidium FGS224 medium versionResidium FGS223 small version
Residium – innovative by designResidium is a range of economical, easy-to-service, general-purpose road-lighting luminaires for PL-L and SOX lamps, offering low energy and maintenance costs. These luminaires have a balanced design and incorporate innovative mirror optics for optimum light distribution and minimal light pollution.
Residium is suitable for post-top and side-entry mounting.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.74
Residium FGS223
ResidiumType FGS223
Light source HID:
1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W
1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
High-Frequency Performer (HFP)
High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)
Electronic (EB)
Options Light regulation:
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Fuse (FU) included
stabilized
Spigot: die-cast aluminum
Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
stabilized
Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire
Color Grey, RAL 7035
Other RAL colors available on request
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top
mounting
Recommended mounting height: 5 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: n/a
Adjustable tilt angle: 5 and 15º
Adjustable light distribution: n/a
Max windage area: 0.14 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.055 m2
Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily
removable gear tray
Accessories Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top
mounting
Internal louvers for G3
Main applications Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths
FGS223
Residium FGS223 road-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP 42/60 3.50 548043 00
FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP P1 42/60 3.60 548050 00
FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP P1 76P 3.60 720111 99
FGS223 SOX35W K EB 3.20 720982 00
FGS223 SOX35W K EB P1 3.20 720999 00
lamp/gear compartmentelectrical connection compartment
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.75
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Residium FGS223
Utrecht, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.76
Residium FGS224
ResidiumType FGS224
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36 W
1 x SOX / BY22d / 55 W
1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
High-Frequency Performer (HFP)
High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)
Electronic (EB)
Options Light regulation:
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Fuse (FU) included
stabilized
Spigot: die-cast aluminum
Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
stabilized
Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire
Color Grey, RAL 7035
Other RAL colors available on request
Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm
Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top
mounting
Recommended mounting height: 6 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: n/a
Adjustable tilt angle: 5 and 15º
Adjustable light distribution: n/a
Max windage area: 0.16 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.057 m2
Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily
removable gear tray
Accessories Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top
mounting
Internal louvers for G3
Main applications Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths
FGS224
Residium FGS224 road-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
FGS224 PL-L36W HFP 42/60 3.50 150246 00
FGS224 PL-L36W/830 HFP 42/60 3.50 548067 00
FGS224 SOX-E36W EB 42/60 3.60 150284 00
FGS224 SOX55W EB 76P 3.60 154176 00
FGS224 SOX55W K EB 3.20 721026 00
lamp/gear compartmentelectrical connection compartment
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.77
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
ResidiumType FGS225
Light source HID:
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W
1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 55, 80 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)
No
Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
High-Frequency Performer (HFP)
High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)
Electronic (EB)
Options Light regulation:
Dimming via SDU01S (D4)
Dimming via SDU11S (D5)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Fuse (FU) included
stabilized
spigot integrated
Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
stabilized
Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire
Color Grey, RAL 7035
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm
Spigot is integrated and reversible for side-entry
and post-top mounting
Recommended mounting height: 7 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: n/a
Max windage area: 0.19 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.059 m2
Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily
removable gear tray
Accessories Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top
mounting
Internal louvers for G3
Main applications Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths
FGS225
Residium FGS225 road-lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
FGS225 PL-L55W/840 K HFP 34/76 5.35 722559 00
FGS225 PL-L55W/840 K HFR D4 34/76 5.35 722566 00
FGS225 PL-L80W/840 K HFP 34/76 5.35 722573 00
FGS225 SOX-E66W K EB 34/76 5.35 548005 00
FGS225 SOX-E66W K EB P1 34/76 5.35 548036 00
Residium FGS225
lamp/gear compartmentelectrical connection compartment
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.78
FGS103/104/105
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.79
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
FGS105 road-lighting luminaire, large
version
FGS104 road-lighting luminaire,
medium version
FGS103 road-lighting luminaire, small
version
FGS103/104/105 – economical and service-friendlyFGS103/104/105 are general-purpose road-lighting luminaires, available in three different lengths. They are economical and service-friendly, with low energy and
uniform lighting.
FGS103/104/105 are suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.80
FGS103/104/105
FGS103/104/105Type FGS103/104/105
Light source FGS103
HID:
1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26, 35 W
1 MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24 W
FGS104
HID:
1 x SOX / BY22d / 55 W
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36, 55 W
1 MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W
FGS105
HID:
1 x SOX / BY22d / 90 W
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W
1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 40, 55 W
Fluorescent:
1 or 2 x MASTER TL-D / G13 / 16, 18 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear and compensation Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
High Frequency Performer (HFP)
Electronic (EB)
Options Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)
Fuse (FU) included
stabilized
Optical cover: polycarbonate
Clips: stainless steel
Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, non-
corrosive
Color Canopy and gear plate: white
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 - 60 mm
(34S)
Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 - 76 mm
(76P)
Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: n/a
FGS103:
Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m
Max windage area: 0.09 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.03 m2
FGS104:
Recommended mounting height: 6 - 8 m
Max windage area: 0.11 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.04 m2
FGS105:
Recommended mounting height: 8 m
Max windage area: 0.14 m2
Max SCx values by side: 0.05 m2
Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily
removable gear tray
Accessories Wall-mounting bracket, ZGS103 MBW
Remarks Ready-to-install versions available; lamp and
installation material included (KIT)
Main applications Roads, residential and industrial areas
electrical connection department lamp/gear compartment
FGS103 FGS104
FGS105
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.81
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
FGS103 road-lighting luminaire, small
version
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
FGS103 PL-L24W/830 K HFP 42/60 3.40 721941 00
FGS103 SOX-E18W K 230V 42/60 3.30 721903 00
FGS103 SOX-E18W 230V 42/60 3.30 928326 00
FGS103 SOX-E26W K 240V P1 76P 3.70 721323 00
FGS103 SOX35W EB 220-240V P1 FU 76P 3.70 932712 00
FGS103/104/105
FGS104 road-lighting luminaire,
medium version
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
FGS104 PL-L36W/830 K HFP 42/60 3.70 721965 00
FGS104 PL-L36W/830 K HFP 76P 3.70 722795 00
FGS104 SOX-E36W K EB FU 42/60 3.70 721972 00
FGS104 SOX55W K EB FU 76P 4.10 721446 00
FGS104 SOX55W EB FU 34S 3.20 150017 99
FGS105 road-lighting luminaire, large
version
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
FGS105 PL-L40W HF 76P 4.80 928579 00
FGS105 PL-L55W/830 K HFP 76P 4.80 721170 00
FGS105 2xTL-D18W 230V 76P 4.80 928616 00
FGS105 SOX-E66W EB FU 42/60 4.80 930374 00
FGS105 SOX90W 240V P1 76P 5.20 930367 00
AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC
ZGS103 MBW Wall-mounting bracket 150710 99
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.82
SRS201
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.83
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SRS201 large versionSRS201 medium versionSRS201 small version
SRS201 – slender solutionSRS201 is a slender yet robust, economical road-lighting luminaire for low-pressure sodium lamps. It comes in three different sizes, all with a refractor bowl
is assured.
SRS201 is designed for side-entry mounting.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.84
SRS201
SRS201Type SRS201
Light source HID:
2 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36, 55, 66, 91,
131 W
1 x SOX / BY22d / 55, 90, 135, 180 W
2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W
Lamp included No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear and compensation Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:
Electronic (EB)
Empty (E) (without gear)
Gear shoe (GSH)
Options Fuse included (FU)
Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), 14 mm hole (P2)
and SOX 35 to 55 W versions
Dimming facility for PL-L lamp version
stabilized
Optical cover: methacrylate, UV-resistant
Color Housing: white
Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42, 42 / 48 or
60 mm (60S)
Recommended mounting height: 8 - 15 m
Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º
Adjustable tilt angle: n/a
Adjustable light distribution: n/a
Max windage area: 90 W version: 0.21 m2, 135 W
version: 0.28 m2
Max SCx values by side: 90 W version: 0.05 m2,
135 W version: 0.09 m2
Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily
removable gear tray
No internal cleaning required
Accessories Prismatic refractors: large, ZRS201 PL-L, medium
ZRS201 PL-M, small, ZRS201 PL-S
Main applications Roads, roundabouts
gear compartment lamp compartment
SRS201 36/55/66/90 W SRS201 91/135 W
SRS201 131/180 W
SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (90 W) Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SRS201 SOX-E36W 230V 60S 9.50 923130 00
SRS201 SOX-E55W 230V 60S 9.50 923154 00
SRS201 SOX-E66W 240V P1 42S 10.00 918723 00
SRS201 SOX-E66W 230V 60S 11.00 923215 00
SRS201 SOX90W 230V 60S 11.00 923253 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.85
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (135
W)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SRS201 SOX-E91W E 60S 13.00 545882 00
SRS201 SOX-E91W 240V P1 42S 12.50 918761 00
SRS201 SOX-E91W 230V 60S 13.00 923352 00
SRS201 SOX135W GSH 42/48S 7.60 918501 00
SRS201 SOX135W 230V 60S 13.00 923376 00
SRS201
SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (180
W)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
SRS201 SOX-E131W GSH 60S 11.90 923413 00
SRS201 SOX180W GSH 42/48S 9.50 918525 00
SRS201 SOX180W GSH P1 42/48S 9.50 918587 00
SRS201 MAX180W-BY22d P2 42S 8.50 918464 00
SRS201 MAX180W-BY22d 60S 9.40 923390 00
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
ERS201 SOX90W 240V 5.00 920863 00
ERS201 2xSOX-E66W 230V 6.40 922843 00
ERS201 SOX135W 240V 6.00 920887 00
ERS201 SOX135/180W 240V 7.50 920849 00
ERS201 SOX180W 230V 7.50 922942 00
AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC
ZRS201 P-S Prismatic refractor Small 930923 99
ZRS201 P-M Prismatic refractor Medium 930930 99
ZRS201 P-L Prismatic refractor Large 930947 99
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.86
Tunnel lighting technology
What you ought to know about tunnel lighting
conditions, tunnel lighting should give drivers the same sense of safety and comfort in the tunnel as on the open approach road. This means that drivers should have adequate visual information concerning the behavior of other road users, the course of the road ahead and the presence of any obstacles in the tunnel entrance, to be able to react in time within a safe stopping distance (SSD). Guidelines for tunnel lighting according to CIE 88 can be found in document CIE 88-1990 “Guide for the lighting of road tunnels and underpasses”.
www.philips.com/lighting
Mont Blanc tunnel, France-Italy
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.87
Tunnel lighting technology
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
When to light by dayBeing adapted to the relatively high luminance outside, drivers will not be able to see details in a long tunnel, which appears on approach as a ‘black hole’. For a short tunnel details may be visible in negative contrast when the tunnel appears as a dark frame around a bright background.
The decision whether a tunnel or underpass has to be lit during the day depends on the length of the tunnel, the visibility of the exit, the
A guideline in this decision is offered by the CIE.
How to light by dayGood tunnel lighting takes care of good visibility conditions for the road users; this requires lighting levels that are matched with the adaptation level of the users’ eyes. As this adaptation level gradually changes while traveling through the tunnel for lighting purposes the tunnel can be divided lengthwise into
(Fig. 1).
The access zoneThe access zone is not a part of the tunnel itself, but the approach road immediately before the tunnel entrance, from where drivers need to be able to see and stop in front of obstacles in the tunnel. The length of the access zone is consequently equal to the safe stopping distance (SSD). The maximum light adaptation condition of the drivers’ vision in this zone, determines the luminance in the threshold zone at the beginning of the tunnel.
safe stopping distance from the entrance.L20 measurements and recordings for the access zone over a long period are the most solid basis for the entrance lighting design (Fig. 2).
The threshold zone
which length is equal to the safe stopping distance, is related to the L20, ‘the outside luminance level’, the stopping distance and the applied optical system as shown in Table 1 (next page). Daylight screens, louvers and other measures that reduce the L20 will proportionally
tunnel. In the second half of the threshold zone the luminance level is decreased rapidly to 40 % of the initial level (see Fig. 3 for a schematic representation).
Save stopping distance
Ltrans = Lth (1.9 + t)-1.4
threshold zone Transition zonesTime
Fig. 3
Representation of lighting level in various zones
%L20
treshold zone
Access zoneTransition
zone
Interior zone
Exitzone
EntranceL20
Lth
LtrLint
Lexit
Exit
Fig. 1
Lsky
Lsurrounding
Lroad
20º cone
L20 sky road surrounding (See CIE 88)
Fig. 2
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.88
Tunnel lighting technology
Transition zoneIn the transition zone the lighting level is gradually reduced towards the level as required in the interior zone (Fig. 3). The reduction speed is related to the adaptation speed of the eyes and thus time dependent. The reduction steps should not exceed a ratio of 3:1.
Interior zoneIn the interior zone, which is often the longest section of
Exit zone
instantaneously, but there are other reasons for installing an increased lighting level in the exit zone:1 to make small cars following behind large lorries visible
when the daylight at the exit is glaringly bright, 2 to make following cars visible in the rear-view mirror of
a car leaving the tunnel and 3 to convert the exit into an entrance (at reduced speed)
in case of an emergency or for maintenance.
Emergency lightingEmergency lighting is normally part of the night-time lighting, but is fed from an uninterrupted power supply.
Table 1 Recommended threshold/access zone luminance ratios
Stopping
distance (m)
Symmetrical lighting system Lth/
L20
Counter-beam lighting system Lth/
L20
60 0.05 0.04
100 0.06 0.05
160 0.10 0.07
Table 2 Recommended interior zone luminances (cd/m2)
Stopping
distance (m)
Traffic density
<100 veh/h 100<veh/h<1000 >1000 veh/h
60 1 2 3
100 2 4 6
160 5 10 15
Birth-Velbert tunnel, Germany.
1: threshold zone.
2 and 3: transition zones.
1 2
3
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.89
Tunnel lighting technology
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Lighting system- Symmetrical lighting is used for the entrance and interior
lighting.- Asymmetrical lighting (counterbeam) is used for
entrance lighting when high contrast values are required or when the tunnel is not too short.Counterbeam lighting is adapted when high luminance levels are required (high Lth/L20 or high stopping distance).
Symmetrical-transversal lightingThe light is mainly radiated at right angles to the axis of the tunnel. This results in good visual guidance, minimum glare, and light between the cars.
Symmetrical-axial lightingThe light is mainly radiated parallel to the tunnel axis,
spacing. However, occasional shadowing and uneven distance wall luminances can occur.
Asymmetrical-counterbeam lightingThe light is radiated parallel to the tunnel axis, mainly
shadowing and uneven wall luminances.
Which lamp to useThe entrance of a tunnel needs high lighting levels of SON-T lamps. For other areas needing lower light levels,
lamps can be used. Philips recommends TL-D and PL-L for the symmetrical-transversal lighting system and QL induction lamps for the symmetrical-axial lighting system. These white light sources are preferred for their good
temperature dependent. In general, luminaire photometry
temperature in a tunnel can be much lower and therefore
Typical light distribution of the luminaire
max.
sp/m.h.
ratio
Preferred
lamp type
Efficiency
cd/W
(q0=0.1
Symmetrical-
transversal
spacing 1.5
1.5
TL-D/PL-L
SOX-E
2.0
4.0
2.0 SON-T 2.8
Symmetrical-
axial
spacing 3.5
3.5
SOX-E
QL
4.5
2.4
4 SON-T 3.5 - 4
Asymmetrical-
counterbeam
spacing
2 - 2.5 SON-T 4.5
Ostiche tunnel, Belgium
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.90
Tunlite
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.91
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Tunlite CRX206 T3 double lampTunlite CRX206 T10 single lampTunlite CRX204 T4 single lampTunlite CRX203 T4/T3 double lamp
Tunlite CRX202 T1 single lamp, counter
beam
The Tunlite™ range is a range of luminaires for the lighting of tunnels, underpasses and other heavy-duty applications. It is based on a modular
lamp combinations are possible within the same housing, giving the designer the opportunity to optimize the lighting solution whilst maintaining the basic luminaire shape. The Tunlite™ range, which comprises four standard housings, has been designed with installers and maintenance personnel in mind – it offers rapid, tool-free access, and all the main assemblies can be removed/exchanged quickly and easily. A choice of brackets is available for ceiling, wall and continuous line mounting.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.92
Modular product matrix Tunlite™
Lamp type SON-T Plus
Optical and
Gear unitOptic type T1 (3420) T2 (3412) T3 (3451) T4 (305)
Gear wattage 100 - 400 W 100 - 400 W 100 - 400 W 70 - 150 W
Light technical
data
Unit shape
Unit type TYPE 1 TYPE 2
Housing type
lxwxh = 625x545x190 mm
1 x optical and gear unit type 1
CRX202 (1-lamp)
lxwxh = 710x675x190 mm
CRX203 (2-lamp)
lxwxh = 710x380x190 mm
CRX204 (1-lamp)
lxwxh = 1380x380x190 mm
CRX206 (2-lamp)
lxwxh = 1380x380x190 mm
CRX206 (1-lamp)
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.93
Modular product matrix Tunlite™
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
SON-T Plus QL PL-L SOX/SOX-E
T5 (306) T6 - 55W (3702)
T7 - 85W (3701)T8 (3951)
250 - 400 W 55 / 85 W 36 - 55 W 100 - 400 W 70 - 150 W
TYPE 2 TYPE 3
1 x optical and gear unit type 3
2x optical and gear unit type 2
1x optical and gear unit type 2
1x optical and gear unit type 2
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.94
Tunlite
Tunlite™Type CRX202/203/204/206
Light source HID:
CRX202
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W
CRX203
2 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
2 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W
2 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W
2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W
2 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W
2 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W
CRX204
1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W
1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W
1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W
1 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W
1 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W
CRX206
2 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
2 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W
2 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W
2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W
2 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W
2 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W
1 x SOX / BY22d / 135, 180 W
1 x SOX-E / BY22d / 91, 131 W
Lamp included No
Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 V / 50 Hz:
Parallel compensated (IC)
Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 Hz:
Electronic (EB) for Master PL-L / QL and SOX(-
E) lamps
Optic Range of beams for tunnel lighting (T1 to T10)
Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Cable gland Cable gland 1 x PG 16 mm (1PG16)
Cable gland 2 x PG 16 mm (2PG16)
Cable gland 4 x PG 16 mm (4PG16)
Cable gland 1 x PG 21 mm (1PG21)
Cable gland 2 x PG 21 mm (2PG21)
Cable gland 4 x PG 21 mm (4PG21)
Options Dimming gear, self-stopping ignitor, fuse (10 x 38
mm2) and through-wiring
Entrelec™ terminal block for 2 x 2.5 to 6 mm2
wire with or without fuse 5 x 20 mm2 (optional)
All units equipped with 230 V / 50 Hz gear. Other
voltages and frequencies optional
and die-cast aluminum rounded corners, argon-
welded
Finishing of the housing by chromatization in
accordance with DIN 50939 followed by 60 μm
polyester powder coating RAL 7016
A self-adjusting removable front-glass frame of
extruded aluminum, hinged on stainless-steel joints
inside the housing and holding a 5 mm toughened
one-sheet security glass. The IP66 tightness is
two levels in the extruded aluminum frame
A removable optic and gear unit consists of a
dedicated optical system of high-purity anodized
aluminum (99.9 %) and an electrical part
containing all electrical gear. These modular units
are easily interchangeable without the need for
Mounting brackets, bolts and washers (as
accessories): stainless steel
stainless-steel bracket to prevent electrochemical
corrosion
Installation
over all sides of housing
turn) for tool-less opening and closing of the front
glass
Quick-fastening devices for tool-less securing of
the optic and gear unit
Plug-and-socket connection for cables to the optic
and gear unit
Cable gland and a terminal block for wires up to 3
or 5 x 16 mm2 per lamp
Accessories Set of four brackets for ceiling mounting, ZRX208
Set of two tilt-adjustable brackets for wall
mounting, ZRX209
Set of two brackets for continuous line mounting,
ZRX210
Remarks The luminaires are approved in accordance with
IEC 60598-1/2-3
Main applications Tunnels, underpasses
optional for SON-T lamps
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.95
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
CRX202
Tunlite
CRX203
CRX204 CRX206
Tunlite CRX202 single-lamp counter-
beam tunnel-lighting luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CRX202 SON-T400W IC T1 SP 2PG21 MB 18.00 402478 00
Tunlite CRX203 double-lamp tunnel-
lighting luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CRX203 2xSON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB 23.00 402485 00
CRX203 2xPL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB 23.00 402492 00
Tunlite CRX204 single-lamp tunnel-
lighting luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CRX204 SON-T400W IC T2 SP 2PG21 MB 15.00 402508 00
CRX204 SON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB 15.00 402515 00
CRX204 SON-T150W IC T4 SP 2PG21 MB 15.00 402522 00
CRX204 SON-T400W IC T5 SP 2PG21 MB 15.00 402539 00
CRX204 PL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB 15.00 402546 00
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.96
Tunlite
Tunlite CRX206 single-lamp tunnel-
lighting luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
CRX206 2xSON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB 29.00 402553 00
CRX206 2xPL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB 29.00 402560 00
CRX206 SOX180W IC T10 2PG21 MB 29.00 402577 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.97
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Mounting bracket for ceiling continuous
line mounting (ZRX210)
Mounting brackets for wall mounting
(ZRX209)
Mounting brackets for ceiling mounting
(ZRX208)Entrelec™ terminal block
Terminal blocksEasily accessible optical and gearTool-less removable optic/gear unitTool-less removable front glass
Tunlite
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.98
Lighting management
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.99
Lighting management
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
Telemanagement with the new Starsense system:Starsense is a cost-effective telemanagement system for monitoring, controlling, metering and diagnosing outdoor lighting applications that saves energy, reduces maintenance costs and improves system reliability.
The system is designed to remotely manage and control outdoor light points on highways, roads, streets, in residential areas and in other similar applications. It enables individual light points to be switched on or off at any given time, or to be set to any dimming level that the lamp allows. The light points can be grouped to react at the same time depending on their
are lighting a roundabout or a crossing. It is also possible to program different switching or
counter.
Starsense implements the most advanced repeating technology, enabling other light points to repeat commands when necessary, thereby ensuring that all commands will reach their destination whatever the state of the power grid.
Public lighting managers have long known that they could lower the operating costs of their systems if they could cost-effectively collect the critical data needed to make better planning
while improving both the reliability and the quality of public lighting systems in combination with IP technology and the Internet.
Starsense monitors the age and condition of every lamp, thus eliminating the guesswork inherent in conventional installations.
Starsense can also be used to monitor failed lamps and report their location; maintenance costs can be minimized by considering the remaining life of nearby lamps that might be replaced during the same service call.
Finally, data collected by Starsense to track the hours of illumination for each lamp can be used to claim warranty replacement, establish unbiased product and supplier selection criteria, and validate energy bills for the system.
ArchitectureStarsense is based on the LonWorks® protocol over power lines. This is an open protocol which is fully CENELEC EN50065-1 compliant, is known to work in outdoor lighting telemanagement solutions and is also used by other companies, thus allowing our customers to choose between different solutions available in the market without having to worry about which technology to use.
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.100
Lighting management
The Starsense system architecture consists of:
Outdoor Luminaire Controller (OLC)
the lamp and detects lamp failures. It communicates to the Segment Controller via
a power line and uses a 1-10 volt dimming signal as an interface to the electronic
ballast and a relay to switch it on and off. The OLC has a digital input designed to
this way.
Starsense Supervisor SoftwareFor monitoring and managing the data from the SCs. It collects, aggregates and
Managers with Web applications for analyzing the data from this database in order
to help them reduce maintenance costs and energy consumption and improve the
lighting service. The Starsense Supervisor Software uses SOAP/XML commands,
an open protocol to other asset management systems such as GIS (Geographical
Information Systems) or billing systems.
Segment Controller (SC)Built into the feeder pillar, it controls a number of OLCs connected to the same
power grid and gathers information from them to be sent when required to
the remote PC via a TCP/IP connection. The SC also has two inputs and two
outputs that can be used to interface to other devices in the cabinet, such as
skills being required.
Preferred selection
Product ID Weight (kg)
European Order Code (EOC)
LLC7020/00 0.31 730868 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)European Order
Code (EOC)
LFC7065 0.47 731841 00
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.101
Lighting management
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
• Savings through dimming
• Constant Light Output (CLO)
• Daylight switching• Increased lifetime of components
• Savings due to improved maintenanceWith feedback of information you have better forecasting and planning:• Improved group/spot replacement because no scouting is required• Predictive information about lamp failure• Only lamps that have reached group replacement time are replaced• Burning hours information can be used to manage guarantees
• Green issue• Dimming = less light nuisance• Dimming = energy saving = lower consumption of fossil fuels• Less toxic lamp waste
• Other• Crime prevention by ensuring lights always on • Saved maintenance time can be used for other purposes
Suitable luminaires for Starsense• Iridium family• Modena• Koffer2 family• Other versions or other luminaires with Starsense available on request
Example: Iridium SGS254SGS253 SON-T70W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6SGS253 SON-T100W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6SGS253 SON-T150W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6
Example: Modena SGP681SGP681 MAC70W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6SGP681 MAC100W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6SGP681 MAC150W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6
Example: Koffer2 SGPSGP100 SON-T150W EB II ACF D6SGP100 SON-T100W EB II ACF D6
Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.102
Lighting management
Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.103
Lighting management
Road
and
tunn
el lig
htin
g
ChronosenseChronosense allows energy savings by stand-alone step dimming without pilot cable; suitable for SON-T high-pressure sodium lamps. It is designed to work in combination with an external ignitor and standard electromagnetic ballast, coupled with an additional copper/iron dim coil, or tapped ballast.Chronosense can also be used in combination with a Dynavision driver (connected to the 1-10V input).Chronosense is not sold as an individual component, but is part of a luminaire.
Main applicationsAll applications that require dimming but for which no pilot cable is available: road and street lighting, residential and industrial areas, sports areas and tunnel lighting.
Features• Provides dimming when no pilot cable is available• Up to 35% energy savings• No additional equipment on the network is needed• Adaptable individual settings for dim down/up per luminaire• Setting by dip switches• For luminaires with lamp power up to 400 W• Intelligent: adapts to daylight-saving time• Built-in test mode• Dimming duration independent of the switch on/off times
Installation• Chronosense is available inside many outdoor luminaires• Settings via dip switches directly on the component
Suitable luminaires for Chronosense• Iridium family• Koffer2 family• Modena family
• Other luminaires with Chronosense available only on request
Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.2
Familieheading LL
Build your city identityIdentifying landmarks is an important step in developing a comprehensive approach to the urban environment. Lighting a building, a monument or a
building or an entire masterplan, Philips can offer state-of-the-art technologies and solutions, backed up by more than a century of lighting application expertise.
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.3
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Familieheading RL
Vert
balk
teks
t rec
hts
Explore the opportunitiesThe Philips Outdoor Lighting Application Center (OLAC), based near Lyon in
OLAC, Lyon, France
Architectural lighting4.4Architect: Joao Valente
Lighting design: Plínio Godoy
4.5Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
long-lasting, environmentally friendly and inherently digital source of illumination, thus reinventing light itself as a highly controllable medium.
For more information see the scene setting controls section of this chapter on page 4.69.
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.6
Selection guide – Architectural lighting
Luminaire Type Page Ingress
protection
(IP value)
Gear
integrated (i)
separate (s)
Insulation
class
SON (-T)
PLUS
SDW-T HAL PAR Halogen
LEDline2
i I - - - -
i I - - - -
i I - - - -
ColorBlast 12 Powercore
- - - - - -
ColorBlast 12
- - - - - -
ColorBlast 6
- - - - - -
iW Blast 12 Powercore
- - - - - -
LEDflood
s - - - -
- I/II - - - -
Beamer LED
i I/II - - - -
ColorBurst 6
- - - - - -
iColor Accent Powercore
- - - - - -
C-Splash 2
s III - - - -
iColor Flex SL/SLX
i - - - -
i - - - -
eW Flex SLX
i - - - -
dTube
i - - - -
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.7
Selection guide – Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type Page CDM
(-T/TT/TSA)
CDM-R CDM-TD MHN-TD HPI-T PL
(-C/E/T)
High/Low
power
LEDs
Incan-
descent
CPO-
TW/TG
CDM-Tm SDW-TG
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.8
Selection guide – Architectural lighting
Luminaire Type Page Ingress
protection
(IP value)
Gear
integrated (i)
separate (s)
Insulation
class
SON (-T)
PLUS
SDW-T HAL PAR Halogen
PROflood
i II - - - -
Decoflood
- / s I - - • -
i I/II • • - -
i I/II • - - -
i I/II • • - •
i I/II • - - -
i I/II - - - -
s I/II/III - - • •i I/II - - - •
Decoscene
i I/II - - - •i I/II - - - -
i I/II - - - -
Amazon
- II - - • •
EFix Grazer Light
i - - - -
i - - - -
EFix Step Light
i - - - -
i - - - -
EFix Step Marker
i - - - -
i - - - -
i - - - -
i - - - -
i - - - -
Amazon LED
- III - - - -
- III - - - -
- II - - - -
Marker LED
i II - - - -
i II - - - -
i II - - - -
s III - - - -
s III - - - -
s III - - - -
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.9
Selection guide – Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type Page CDM
(-T/TT/TSA)
CDM-R CDM-TD MHN-TD HPI-T PL
(-C/E/T)
High/Low
power
LEDs
Incan-
descent
CPO-
TW/TG
CDM-Tm SDW-TG
• - - - - - - - - - -
- • - - - - - - - - -
• - - - - - - - - - -
• - - - - - - - - - -
• - • • - - - - • - -
• - - • • - - - • - -
• - • - - - - - - - -
- • - - - - - - - - -
- • - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - • - - - •• - • - - - - - - - -
• - • - - - - - - - •
- - - - - • - • - - -
• - - - - - - - - - -
• - - - - - - - - - -
• - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - • - - - - -
- - - - - • - - - - -
- - - - - • - - - - -
- - - - - • - - - - -
- - - - - • - - - - -
- - - - - • - - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.10
Selection guide – Architectural lighting
Luminaire Type Page Ingress
protection
(IP value)
Gear
integrated (i)
separate (s)
Insulation
class
SON (-T)
PLUS
SDW-T HAL PAR Halogen
Underwater LED
s III - - - -
s III - - - -
s III - - - -
s III - - - -
Contour Batten LED
i II - - - -
i II - - - -
i II - - - -
i II - - - -
Flex LED NG
s II - - - -
Lattis LED
s III - - - -
s III - - - -
*1 Gear box
*2 Optical module
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.11
Selection guide – Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type Page CDM
(-T/TT/TSA)
CDM-R CDM-TD MHN-TD HPI-T PL
(-C/E/T)
High/Low
power
LEDs
Incan-
descent
CPO-
TW/TG
CDM-Tm SDW-TG
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
- - - - - - • - - - -
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.12
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.13
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Powercore®
Philips outdoor luminaires4.14 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.15Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
2
2
2 complements the geometry of the architecture
®
range offers easy installation by
Philips outdoor luminaires4.16 Architectural lighting
Type
version)
Light source LUXEON®
LUXEON®
Light color Mono-color : blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN),
(AWB), red, green, blue (RGB)
Optic
Medium beam: 30º
Wide beam: 60º
Asymmetric beam: 90º x [-7º ; + 43º] (I max at
36º)
interface
Controls
Options (in
connector (GESIS IP + RST 20i3)
End caps: polycarbonate (grey)
Flush and clear front cover: PMMA
Color Silver grey
Installation Wall and surface mounting
tiltable bracket
Tilt surface mounted: 30º
Cool touch glass temperature 50ºC
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning
50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Accessories
Jumper cables mains (1, 2 m)
Mounting frame BVS733
Remarks Thermal management system to ensure long
lifetime
Main applications
A
BCS710 156
BCS713 304
BCS716 594
BCS719 884
BCS722 1174
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.72 678796 00
0.72 678802 00
0.72 678789 00
0.72 678758 00
0.72 678765 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.17Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.96 678840 00
0.99 678819 00
0.96 678826 00
0.93 714141 00
0.96 714172 00
0.93 714202 00
0.96 714233 00
0.93 714387 00
0.96 714417 00
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.70 678888 00
1.66 678857 00
1.70 678864 00
2.06 678925 00
502.00 678956 00
2.06 678949 00
502.05 678963 00
2.33 679816 00
2.06 679823 00
2.06 679830 00
2.06 679847 00
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.58 678994 00
2.65 679007 00
2.65 679021 00
2.58 679038 00
2.65 679045 00
2.76 679939 00
2.76 679946 00
2.76 679953 00
2.76 679960 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.18 Architectural lighting
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.22 679052 00
3.31 679069 00
2.80 679090 00
503.32 679151 00
503.42 679168 00
3.43 679854 00
3.43 679861 00
3.43 679878 00
3.43 679885 00
3.31 679083 00
3.43 679120 00
3.43 679144 00
Mounting bracket
Product ID
ZCS711 MB L71 W100 679670 00
ZCS711 MB L260 W150 679687 00
ZCS711 MB L260 W200 679694 00
ZVS733 MFRM 679748 00
Wall and surface mounting possibilities
Product ID Description
ZCS711 TB-XLR5 679700 00
ZCS711 C1000W Through Wiring Extension Cable 1 m 679311 00
ZCS711 C2000W Through Wiring Extension Cable 2 m 679328 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.19Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Chelsea Bridge, London, United Kingdom
Lighting design: Atkins Odin
Philips outdoor luminaires4.20 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source LUXEON®
LUXEON®
Light color Mono-color : blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN),
green, blue (RGB)
Optic
Medium beam: 30º
Wide beam: 60º
Asymmetric beam: 90º x [-7º ; + 43º] (I max at
36º)
interface
Controls
Options (in
Recessing box and cover:sheet steel
Color Black painted
Installation Wall- and in-ground mounting
drainage system
Internal optical unit tiltable: 10º
Cool touch glass temperature: 50ºC
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning
50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Static load 500 kg
Accessories
Remarks Thermal management system to ensure long
lifetime
Main applications
A
BBS713 432
BBS716 722
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
7.48 715384 00
0.99 715445 00
7.48 715506 00
7.48 715568 00
7.50 679199 00
7.50 679212 00
7.50 679205 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.21Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
12.20 715629 00
12.20 715681 00
12.20 715742 00
12.20 715803 00
12.20 715865 00
12.24 679229 00
12.24 679243 00
12.24 679236 00
12.96 679250 00
12.96 679267 00
BBS713
Product ID
ZCS713 RMB 715988 00
BBS716
Product ID
ZCS716 RMB 715995 00
Optical module tilt
Philips outdoor luminaires4.22 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.23Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Buckingham Palace, London, United Kingdom
Photography: Edmund Summer
Philips outdoor luminaires4.24 Architectural lighting
Type
version)
Light source LUXEON®
LUXEON®
Light color Mono-color : blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN),
Optic
interface
Controls
End caps: polycarbonate
Flush and clear front cover: PMMA
Color Silver grey
Installation
(up to 8 m)
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning
50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Remarks Thermal management system to ensure long
lifetime
Main applications
BVS733
modules
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
6.83 715957 00
7.09 715971 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.25Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires4.26 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.27Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
ColorBlast 6 BCP460ColorBlast 12 BCP461
ColorBlast – shaping dynamic ambience
®
Philips outdoor luminaires4.28 Architectural lighting
Type BCP470
Light source
Light color Red, green, blue (RGB)
Max. 50 W
Optic
Medium beam angle 23º (ground lens)
Controls
controllers
Cover: tempered glass, clear or soft-focus
Color
Installation Surface mounting
Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC
350º rotation
Lifetime
08)
Remarks
– data enablers page 4.72
Main applications
BCP470
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.00 711462 99
3.00 711509 99
3.00 711547 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.00 711455 99
3.00 711493 99
3.00 711530 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.29Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires4.30 Architectural lighting
ColorBlast 12
Type BCP461
Light source
Light color Red, green, blue (RGB)
Max. 50 W
Optic
Medium beam angle 23º
Controls
controllers
Cover: tempered glass, clear or soft-focus
Color
Installation Surface mounting
Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC
350º rotation
Lifetime
08)
Remarks
cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical
Main applications
BCP461
ColorBlast 12 BCP461 surface-
medium-beam optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.50 711042 99
3.50 711066 99
ColorBlast 12 BCP461 surface-
medium-beam optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.50 711059 99
3.50 711073 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.31Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
ColorBlast 12 BCP461
Lighting design: Schuler Shook
Philips outdoor luminaires4.32 Architectural lighting
ColorBlast 6
Type BCP460
Light source
Light color Red, green, blue (RGB)
Max. 25 W
Optic
Medium beam angle 23º
Controls
controllers
Cover: tempered glass
Color
Installation Surface mounting
Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC
350º rotation
Lifetime
08)
Remarks
cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical
Main applications Architectural outdoor (accentlighting) and indoor
BCP460
ColorBlast 6 BCP460 surface-mounted
beam optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.95 711080 99
2.95 711103 99
ColorBlast 6 BCP460 surface-mounted
beam optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.95 711097 99
2.95 711110 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.33Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
ColorBlast 6 BCP460
Photography: George Fischer
Philips outdoor luminaires4.34 Architectural lighting
iW Blast
stage, and studio lighting).
®
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.35Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type BCP431
Light source
Light color White, tunable 3000 - 6500 K
50 W at 110 - 240 V AC (60 W at 100 V AC)
Optic
Medium beam angle 24º
Controls
controllers
Cover: tempered glass
Color
Installation Surface mounting
Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC
350º rotation
Lifetime
08)
Remarks
– data enablers page 4.72
Main applications
BCP431
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.30 711868 99
2.30 711882 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.30 711875 99
2.30 711899 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.36 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.37Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
version
combination deliver the full range of colors from saturated to pastels, revealing
versions.
Philips outdoor luminaires4.38 Architectural lighting
Type BCP731 (mono-color, surface-mounted version)
BCP732 (bi-color, surface-mounted version)
BCP733 (tri-color, surface-mounted version)
Light source 9 x LUXEON®
Light color
(AWB)
Optic With Zoomspot: 6 up to 30º (6-30), all versions
Without Zoomspot: 6º (6), mono- and bi-color
versions
versions
all versions
Controls
9006)
around optic (anodic grey RAL 9006)
Optics: collimating lenses in methacrylate
Frame: brushed stainless steel
Remote gearbox: die-cast aluminum (anodic silver
grey paint RAL 9006)
Color Anodic silver grey (RAL 9006)
Other RAL colors (for housing) available on
Installation Wall- and surface mounting
Flexible positioning and aiming:
2, length
3 m
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Thermal management system for long lifetime
Main applications Architectural outdoor
linear prisms
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.39Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
4.90 505269 00
5.30 505283 00
4.90 505313 00
5.30 505412 00
4.80 506334 00
4.80 506341 00
5.30 505436 00
5.30 505450 00
5.30 505481 00
5.30 505498 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.40 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source 9 x LUXEON®
Light color
(AWB)
Optic
no tilt
Controls
Recessing box and cover: sheet steel
Cover: die-cast aluminum
Installation
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime 50,000 hrs (70% lumen maintenance)
Thermal management system for long lifetime
Remarks Cool-touch glass temperature 50ºC
Main applications Architectural outdoor
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
9.37 603255 00
9.30 603248 00
9.37 607000 00
9.37 607130 00
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
9.87 603385 00
9.87 603422 00
9.81 603446 00
9.87 603538 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.41Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Medium beamLinear rectangular beamRectangular asymmetrical beam
Philips outdoor luminaires4.42 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.43Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
glass)
beam rotation, tilt and pan - ensuring
complete freedom of installation.
Philips outdoor luminaires4.44 Architectural lighting
Type BCP725
Light source 1 x LUXEON® I
Light color
(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM), cyan (CY)
transmission 55%
transmission 67%
transmission 60%
Max 5 W
Optic
Linear beam 6 - 50° (LIN6-50)
grey, RAL9006)
in methacrylate
Cover: tempered glass
Cover frame: brushed stainless steel
Color Grey, RAL 9006; silver (SI)
Installation Surface mounting
Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º
Beam rotation (external ring on the housing): -180
to +180º
mm2)
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Thermal management system for long lifetime
Main applications Accent lighting of facades, buildings, structures,
parks, gardens
BCP725
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.66 478005 00
3.66 478104 00
4.31 478364 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.45Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.88 478043 00
3.88 478142 00
3.88 478357 00
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
4.31 478012 00
4.31 478111 00
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
4.31 478036 00
4.31 478135 00
The aluminum housing and U-bracket
ensure a robust, solid construction
Aiming device
Philips outdoor luminaires4.46 Architectural lighting
ColorBurst 6
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.47Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
ColorBurst 6 – colorful spotlighting
of light, ColorBurst 6 is a sealed product designed for a variety of indoor and
louvers. The ColorBurst 6 offers outstanding control via a Philips controller or a
Philips outdoor luminaires4.48 Architectural lighting
ColorBurst 6
Type BCP466
Light source
Light color Red, green, blue (RGB)
Max. 25 W
Optic
Medium beam angle 22º
Controls
controllers
Cover: tempered glass
Color
Installation Surface mounting
Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC
350º rotation
Lifetime 50,000 hours at 50ºC
Accessories Mounting brackets
Remarks
cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical
Main applications Architectural outdoor and indoor
BCP466
ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted
beam optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.50 711127 99
1.50 711141 99
ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted
beam optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.50 711134 99
1.50 711158 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.49Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted Product ID Weight (kg)
1.92 711004 99
ZCP466 MB BK 1.92 711011 99
ColorBurst 6
Philips outdoor luminaires4.50 Architectural lighting
creating seamless columns of color
suitable for a variety of applications.
®
®
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.51Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type BCP494
Light source
Light color RGB
10 W per foot max
Controls (optional)
Light System Manager
Video System Manager
Optic
Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=
25ºC)
Lense: plastic
Installation
connectors
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Remarks
– data enablers page 4.72
PSE
Main applications
video displays
BCP494 380x BCP494 760x
BCP494 1520x
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.00 711554 99
4.20 711561 99
8.60 711578 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.52 Architectural lighting
Product ID Description
ZCP494 C15250FL Leader cable 15 m 710755 99
ZCP494 C3050FL Jumper cable 3 m 710779 99
ZCP494 C1525FL Jumper cable 1.5 m 710786 99
ZCP494 C610FL Jumper cable 0.6 m 710793 99
ZCP494 C305FL Jumper cable 0.3 m 710762 99
connector
Chromasic® technology enables
precision-controlled RGB effects
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.53Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Lighting design: Alto Lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires4.54 Architectural lighting
C-Splash 2
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.55Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
C-Splash 2 – vibrant color-changing
or harsh seaside environments.
Philips outdoor luminaires4.56 Architectural lighting
C-Splash 2
Type BCP468
Light source
Light color Tri-color : red, green, blue (RGB)
Max 25 W, at full intensity
Optic
Medium beam: 22º
Options
controllers
Cover: tempered glass
Color
Installation
360º rotation
Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Lifetime 50,000 hours (50% lumen maintenance)
Aceessories Range of drivers
Remarks
4.72
locations
Chromacore®, Optibin®
Main applications
BCP468
C-Splash 2 BCP468 surface-mounted Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
10.00 711028 00
10.00 711035 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.57Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
C-Splash 2
Philips outdoor luminaires4.58
Video entertainment
Architectural lighting
4.59
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Video entertainment
Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires
iColor Flex – virtual experience
® for individual control and self-addressing.
Philips outdoor luminaires4.60
Video entertainment
Architectural lighting
Polycarbonate
Color Black
White
Installation Surface mounted
Through hole mounted
Pixel pitch 10.2 cm (4”)
30.5 cm (12”)
Custom spacing available
Lifetime 30,000 - 50,000 hours
Remarks
need to be ordered separately.
enablers page 4.74
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.80 710007 99
0.87 710083 99
0.87 710113 99
0.80 710168 99
0.93 710175 99
0.87 713923 99
0.80 713930 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.80 709940 99
0.80 709957 99
0.80 709995 99
0.87 710076 99
0.87 710106 99
0.87 713916 99
BGC490
Type BGC490
Number of RGB pixels per string 50
Color resolution 36 bits
Luminous Intensity per pixel 1 cd
25W Max. at full intensity
Controls (optional) Video system manager
120°
Lenses Clear dome
Translucent dome
Operating temperature -20°C > Ta > 50°C
4.61
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Video entertainment
Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires
Polycarbonate
Color Black
White
Installation Surface mounted
Through hole mounted
Pixel pitch 10.2 cm (4”)
30.5 cm (12”)
Custom spacing available
Lifetime 30,000 - 50,000 hours
Remarks
need to be ordered separately.
enablers page 4.74
Type BGC491
7 (3 red, 2 green, 2 blue)
Number of RGB pixels per string 50
Color resolution 36 bits
Luminous Intensity per pixel 1,9 cd
50W Max. at full intensity
115°
Lenses
Translucent dome
Operating temperature -20°C > Ta > 50°C
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.63 710267 99
2.05 710281 99
1.63 710304 99
2.08 710328 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.63 710250 99
2.08 710274 99
1.63 710298 99
2.15 710311 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.62
Video entertainment
Architectural lighting
eW Flex SLX – a versatile solution
Chromasic®
4.63
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Video entertainment
Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires
Type BGC480
5
Number of RGB pixels per string 50
Luminous intensity per pixel 3,3 cd
50W Max. at full intensity
115°
Lenses
Translucent dome
Operating temperature -40°C > Ta > 50°
Polycarbonate
Color White
Installation Surface mounted
Through hole mounted
Pixel pitch 10, 2cm (4”)
30,5 cm (12”)
Custom spacing available
Lifetime 30.000 – 50.000 hours
Remarks
to be ordered separately. See also
page 4.74
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.74 711646 99
2.15 711660 99
1.73 711684 99
2.23 711707 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.63 711653 99
2.11 711677 99
1.72 711691 99
2.19 711714 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.64
Video entertainment
Architectural lighting
Product ID Description
710045 99
ZGC490 RA BK Mounting track for SL - black - 1.2m 710052 99
ZGC490 RA CL Mounting track for SL - clear - 1.2m 710069 99
710144 99
ZGC490 SNC BK (50PCS) Single node holders for SL - black 710151 99
710199 99
ZGC490 SPA-4 BK (50PCS) Mounting track spacer for SL - black - 10 cm 710205 99
710212 99
ZGC490 SPA-12 BK (50PCS) Mounting track spacer for SL - black - 30 cm 710229 99
Product ID Description
710335 99
ZGC491 RA BK Mounting track for SLX - black - 1.2m 710342 99
710359 99
ZGC491 SNC BK (50PCS) Single node holders for SLX - black 710366 99
ZGC491 SPA-4 (50PCS) 710373 99
ZGC491 SPA-12 (50PCS) 710380 99
ZGC491 SPA-4 BK (50PCS) Mounting track spacer for SLX - black - 10 cm 710410 99
ZGC491 SPA-12 BK (50PCS) Mounting track spacer for SLX - black - 30 cm 710427 99
ZGC491 RA CL Mounting track for SLX - clear - 1.2m 715644 99
Used to connect eW Flex SLX to a PS-96 24V 710571 99
4.65
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Video entertainment
Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires
Philips outdoor luminaires4.66
Video entertainment
Architectural lighting
dTube – full video experience
media specialists to display video from any source or any format, ranging from animations up to live broadcasts.
4.67
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Video entertainment
Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires
Type VWS130 016 001 1B BK VWS130 016 001 4F BK
Number of RGB pixels per tube 16 16 16
Color resolution 48 bits 48 bits 48 bits
Luminous Intensity per pixel 2 cd 4 cd 8 cd
0.5 W Max. at full intensity 0.8 W Max. at full intensity 1.4 W Max. at full intensity
Controls (optional)
120° 120° 120°
Operating temperature -20°C > Ta > 45°C -20°C > Ta > 45°C -20°C > Ta > 45°C
tube tube tube
Color Black Black Black
Installation Surface mounted Surface mounted Surface mounted
Pixel pitch 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm
Lifetime 50,000 - 70,000 hours 50,000 - 70,000 hours 50,000 - 70,000 hours
Ingress protection IP66 IP66 IP66
Approbations CE CE CE
Remarks
need to be ordered separately need to be ordered separately need to be ordered separately
Type VWS140 012 001 1B BK VWS140 012 001 4F BK
Luminous Intensity per pixe
Number of RGB pixels per tube 12 12 12
Color resolution 48 bits 48 bits 48 bits
Brightness per pixel 2 cd 4 cd 8 cd
0.5 W Max. at full intensity 0.8 W Max. at full intensity 1.4 W Max. at full intensity
Controls (optional)
120° 120° 120°
Operating temperature -20°C > Ta > 45°C -20°C > Ta > 45°C -20°C > Ta > 45°C
tube tube tube
Color Black Black Black
Installation Surface mounted Surface mounted Surface mounted
Pixel pitch 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm
Lifetime 50,000 - 70,000 hours 50,000 - 70,000 hours 50,000 - 70,000 hours
Ingress protection IP66 IP66 IP66
Approbations CE CE CE
Remarks
need to be ordered separately need to be ordered separately need to be ordered separately
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.68
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.69
Scene setting controls
long-lasting, environmentally friendly and inherently digital source of illumination, thus reinventing light itself as a highly controllable medium.
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.70
Scene setting lighting controls
Luminaire type Preset type Interaction
Prod
uct
ID
EOC
Col
or
cont
rol
iWhi
te C
ontr
ol
Stat
ic p
rese
ts
Dyn
amic
pres
ets
Sche
dule
r (c
lock
)
Bui
ld in
Use
r
inte
rfac
e
Rem
ote
/Ext
erna
l
Trig
geri
ng
Basic:
ColourChaser Wheel
Push and rotational control to
color sequence
• • • •
ColorDial
Push and rotational control of • • • •
iW Scene Controller
Pushbutton control of color
presets and 4 static presets
• • •
Medium:
ColourChaser DMX144stores and plays up to 4 pre-
• • • •
ColourChaser Touch controller to directly set a
color or recall one of the 4
• • • •
iPlayer3
• • • • • •
Advanced:
Light System Manager
• • • • •
Video System Manager
Pro DVI
installations
•
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.71
Scene setting lighting controls
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Programming Control protocol Control capacity Mounting
Bas
ic s
cene
prog
ram
min
g
Adv
ance
d sc
ene
prog
ram
min
g
D V
I inp
ut
DM
X 5
12 A
RD
M
Ethe
rnet
indi
vidu
al
cont
rola
ble
RG
B lu
min
aire
s
Max
imum
DM
X a
ddre
sses
Surf
ace
mou
nt
Wal
l mou
nt
box
US
DIN
Rai
l mou
nt
19”
rack
mou
nt
Des
ktop
• •
• •
•
• • •
• • • •
• • • •
• • • •
• • •
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.72
Luminaire Supplied with Accessories
iColor Accent Powercore
ColorBlast 12
Fixed cable with flying leads
ColorBlast 12 Powercore
Fixed cable with flying leads
ColorBlast 6
Fixed cable with flying leads
ColorBurst 6
Fixed cable with flying leads
ColorGraze Powercore
ColorReach Powercore
C-splash 2
Fixed cable with flying leads
iW Blast Powercore
Fixed cable with flying leads
Features
Indoor use
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.73
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Compatibility
PDS-150E PDS-60 24V
pre-programmed
PDS-60 24V DMX/
Ethernet
PDS-750 TR Data Enabler
DMX
Data Enabler
Ethernet
Data Enabler
EO
iW Data
Enabler
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.74
Luminaire Supplied with Compatibility
PDS-60ca 24V Preprogrammed PDS-60ca 24V Ethernet PDS-60ca 24V DMX
iColor Flex SL
fixed cable with connector - - -
iColor Flex SLX
fixed cable with connector - - -
eW Flex SLX
fixed cable with connector
Features
- -
- -
- -
Indoor use
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.75
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Compatibility
PDS-60ca12V
preprogrammed
PDS-60ca12V
DMX/Ethernet
PDS-60ca 7,5V
DMX/Ethernet
sPDS-60ca 24V sPDS-480ca 24V sPDS-480ca 12V sPDS-480ca 7,5V
Philips outdoor luminaires4.76 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.77Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
effects
And it can be used to great effect supporting and enlivening cultural events and special occasions.
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.78
Image projectionShutters
Gobo support
Example of anamorphosis
Light framing
Anamorphosis
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.79
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Fine-ridged glass
Photometrical data
Accessories
Glass screensThere are also two different types of textured glass screen for the
Philips outdoor luminaires4.80 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source
Lamp included Yes (K)
Gear (integrated)
Electronic (EB)
Optic
of 2 x 10º to 2 x 20º (Zoom spot)
the optical axis
along the optical axis
aluminum
Glass: thermally hardened, 4 mm thick
stainless steel
Color
Installation Pole at anything up to 6 m above the ground and
One M20 cable gland
Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (35ºC under
certain restrictions)
SCx): 0.12 m2
Max. vertical aiming: -30 to +90º
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the rear cover (does not
affect the optical settings)
Accessories
Remarks
elimination of the effects of mains voltage variation
and by controlling the lamp ignition
Main applications Modern and classical buildings, architectural
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
19.00 845289 00
19.00 845296 00
19.00 845302 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.81Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
gProduct ID
ZCP608 GLS 503104 00
ZCP608 SGF-BL 477473 00
ZCP608 SGF-GN 477480 00
ZCP608 SGF-MG 502350 00
ZCP608 SGF-YE 477503 00
ZCP608 SGF-LBL 600346 00
503111 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.82 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.83Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Liverpool, United Kingdom
Philips outdoor luminaires4.84 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.85Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
pleasing yet surprisingly rugged luminaire designs. An extensive range of lamps
stylish louvers.
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.86
different accessories.
Prevents glare in all
directions
Prevents glare in a single
direction
Ensures total visual
Without accessory With accessory
Round louver
Glare shield
Cannon
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.87
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Prevents glare in a lateral
direction
Prevents glare on
luminaire
vertical direction
Without accessory With accessory
Vertical louver
Horizontal louver
Barndoors
Prevents impacts and
damage to the glass
Protection grid
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.88
Standard glass Grained glass (BSO)
vertical pattern (VBSO)
pattern (VBSP)
Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern
(VLBSP)
CNRL
PG
Lighting effect on a façade,
opposite the façade.
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.89
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Standard glass Grained glass (BSO)
Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern
(VLBSP)
CN RL GS PG
Lighting effect on the façade,
opposite the façade.
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.90
Standard glass Grained glass (BSO)
foot of the façade and directed
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
Filters and/or glasses (*)
PG
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.91
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
round optic
opticThese accessories are secured
RL HL
Philips outdoor luminaires4.92 Architectural lighting
Type MVF605
Light source
Lamp included No
die-cast aluminum
Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick
Gaskets: silicone rubber
Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum
Color
End caps: light grey
Installation
mounting
Rear access for mains connection, cable entry via
M20 cable gland
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
2
+180º
Max vertical aiming: -30 to +90º
Maintenance
Accessories
glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors,
base ring, accessory support
Remarks
Main applications
structures, sculptures
MVF605
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
MVF605 MAX120W-E27 GR 2.40 283265 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.93Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Product ID Description Weight (kg)
ZVF605 ACS Accessory support 0.30 234717 00
ZVF605 TPG Protection grid 0.80 234694 00
ZVF605 GS Glare shield 0.80 234700 00
ZVF605 RL Round louver 0.60 234687 00
Barndoors 0.80 234670 00
ZVF605 BS Base ring 0.30 234724 00
ZVF605 CN Cannon 0.90 234663 00
0.60 234564 00
ZVF605 SGF-BL 0.60 477060 00
ZVF605 SGF-GN 0.60 477077 00
ZVF605 SGF-YE 0.60 477091 00
ZVF605 SGF-MG 0.60 502305 00
ZVF605 SGF-LBL 0.60 502299 00
ZVF605 SGF-WAF2 0.60 477114 00
ZVF605 SGF-COF2 0.60 477107 00
0.30 234656 00
ZVF605 VLBSP Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern 0.30 235967 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.94 Architectural lighting
Type MVF606
Light source
150 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 942)
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear and compensation
(integrated) Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Optic
Medium beam (MB)
Wide beam (WB)
Wide beam, large (WB-L)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options
die-cast aluminum
Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick
Gaskets: silicone rubber
Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum
Color
End caps: light grey
Installation
mounting
Rear access for mains connection, cable entry via
facilities)
Protractor scale integrated
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
2
+180º
Max vertical aiming: -30 to +90º
Maintenance
Accessories
glass plates, glare shield, cannon, louvers, protection
grid, barndoors, base ring, accessory support
Remarks
Main applications
structures, sculptures
MVF606
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.95Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
6.31 282435 00
6.36 282527 00
7.11 282558 00
6.36 282442 00
6.36 282534 00
7.11 282565 00
6.36 282459 00
6.36 282541 00
7.11 282572 00
Product ID Description Weight (kg)
ZVF606 ACS Accessory support 0.30 233796 00
ZVF606 PG Protection grid 0.80 233741 00
ZVF606 GS Glare shield 0.50 233765 00
ZVF606 RL Round louver 0.90 233772 00
Barndoors 1.90 233758 00
ZVF606 BS Base ring 0.30 233802 00
ZVF606 CN Cannon 1.20 233789 00
0.90 233581 00
ZVF606 SGF-BL 0.90 477121 00
ZVF606 SGF-GN 0.90 477138 00
ZVF606 SGF-YE 0.60 477152 00
ZVF606 SGF-MG 0.90 477510 00
ZVF606 SGF-LBL 0.60 477169 00
ZVF606 BSO Grained glass 0.90 233680 00
0.90 233697 00
ZVF606 VBSO 0.90 233703 00
0.50 235950 00
ZVF606 VBSP 0.90 233710 00
0.90 233727 00
ZVF606 VLBSP Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern 0.90 233734 00
ZVF606 SGF-COF2 0.60 477176 00
ZVF606 SGF-WAF2 0.60 477183 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.96 Architectural lighting
Type MVF607
Light source
Lamp included Yes (K)
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear and compensation
(integrated) Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Optic
Ignitor Series (SI)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options
die-cast aluminum
Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick
Gaskets: silicone rubber
Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum
Color
End caps: light grey
Installation
mounting
Front access for mains connection, cable entry via
facilities)
Protractor scale integrated
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
2
+180º
Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º
Maintenance
Accessories
glass plates, glare shield, cannon, louvers, protection
grid, barndoors, glass support
Remarks
Main applications
structures, sculptures
MVF607 SON-T
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
MVF607 SON-T150W K C NB GR SP 10.98 847801 00
MVF607 SON-T250W K C I NB GR SP 12.01 847818 00
MVF607 SON-T400W K C I NB GR SP 13.77 847825 00
11.47 850016 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.97Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Product ID Description Weight (kg)
ZVF617 GLS Glass support 1.50 234014 00
ZVF617 PG Protection grid 1.50 233994 00
ZVF607 GS Glare shield 2.30 234045 00
ZVF607 RL Round louver 2.20 234038 00
Barndoors 2.50 234007 00
ZVF607 CN Cannon 2.50 234021 00
1.50 233840 00
ZVF617 SGF-BL 1.50 477190 00
ZVF617 SGF-GN 1.50 477206 00
ZVF617 SGF-YE 1.50 477220 00
ZVF617 SGF-MG 1.50 502343 00
ZVF617 SGF-LBL 1.50 502336 00
ZVF617 SGF-WAF2 1.50 477244 00
ZVF617 SGF-COF2 1.50 477237 00
ZVF617 BSO Grained Glass 1.50 233932 00
1.00 236506 00
1.50 233987 00
ZVF607 VLBSP Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern 1.50 233970 00
The Parthenon, the Erechtheion, the Propylaea, Athens, Greece
Lighting design: Pierre Bideau
Philips outdoor luminaires4.98 Architectural lighting
Type MVF616
Light source
150 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 830 or 942)
No
Mains voltage 220 or 240 V
Gear and compensation
(integrated) Inductive (IN)
Capacitive (C)
Optic
Medium beam (MB)
Wide beam (WB)
Asymmetrical axis angle 45º (A45)
Asymmetrical axis angle 60º (A60)
CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Facetted open T-POT, small (TP-S)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options
die-cast aluminum
Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick
Gaskets: silicone rubber
Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum
Color
End caps: light grey
Installation
mounting
Front access for mains connection, cable entry via
facilities)
Protractor scale integrated
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
2
+180º
Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º
Maintenance
Accessories
glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors,
glass support
Remarks
Main applications
structures, sculptures
MVF616
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.99Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
(WB)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
6.11 280295 00
6.11 280301 00
6.11 280318 00
MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I NB GR 5.91 280202 00
MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I MB GR 5.91 280219 00
MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I WB GR 5.91 280226 00
5.66 280349 00
5.66 280356 00
5.66 280363 00
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
MVF616 SON-T70W 230V I A45 GR 5.81 838731 00
MVF616 SON-T150W 230V I A45 GR 6.48 838724 00
6.11 838748 00
5.66 838755 00
6.41 838762 00
(CPO-TW 60 W)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
MVF616 CPO-TW60W K I OC GR 6.00 678610 00
height up to 6 m.
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
MVF616 SON-T70W 230V I A60 GR 5.81 838779 00
6.11 838786 00
5.66 838793 00
6.41 838809 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.100 Architectural lighting
(TP-S)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
4.40 838816 00
4.40 838823 00
6.40 848068 00
Product ID Description Weight (kg)
ZVF616 GLS Glass support 1.80 234359 00
ZVF616 PG Protection grid 2.00 234373 00
2.20 234397 00
ZVF616 VL Vertical louver 2.20 234380 00
Barndoors 2.00 234366 00
1.00 234205 00
ZVF616 SGF-BL 1.00 477251 00
ZVF616 SGF-GN 1.00 477268 00
ZVF616 SGF-YE 1.00 477282 00
ZVF616 SGF-MG 1.00 502329 00
ZVF616 SGF-LBL 1.00 502312 00
ZVF616 SGF-WAF2 1.00 477305 00
ZVF616 SGF-COF2 1.00 477299 00
ZVF616 BSO Grained glass 1.00 234298 00
ZVF616 BSP 1.00 234328 00
ZVF616 BESP Fine ridged glass 1.00 234342 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.101Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires4.102 Architectural lighting
Type MVF617
Light source
100, 150 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 828, 830 or 942)
No
Mains voltage 220 or 240 V
Gear and compensation
(integrated) Capacitive (C)
Optic
Medium beam (MB)
Wide beam (WB)
CosmoPolis optic (OC)
Facetted open CT-pot (OR)
Ignitor Series (SI)
Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)
Semi-parallel (SP)
Options
die-cast aluminum
Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick
Gaskets: silicone rubber
Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum
Color
End caps: light grey
Installation
mounting
Front access for mains connection, cable entry via
facilities)
Protractor scale integrated
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
2
+180º
Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º
Maintenance
Accessories
glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors,
glass support
Remarks
Main applications
structures, sculptures
MVF617
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.103Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
(WB)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I NB GR 11.61 280684 00
11.61 280714 00
10.56 280745 00
MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I MB GR 11.61 280691 00
11.61 280721 00
10.56 280752 00
MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I WB GR 11.61 280707 00
11.61 280738 00
10.56 280769 00
(CPO-TW)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
MVF617 CPO-TW140W K I OC GR 9.35 678627 00
Product ID Description Weight (kg)
ZVF617 GLS Glass support 1.50 234014 00
ZVF617 PG Protection grid 1.50 233994 00
2.30 234052 00
ZVF617 VL Vertical louver 2.30 234069 00
Barndoors 2.50 234007 00
1.50 233840 00
ZVF617 SGF-BL 1.50 477190 00
ZVF617 SGF-GN 1.50 477206 00
ZVF617 SGF-YE 1.50 477220 00
ZVF617 SGF-MG 1.50 502343 00
ZVF617 SGF-LBL 1.50 502336 00
ZVF617 SGF-WAF2 1.50 477244 00
ZVF617 SGF-COF2 1.50 477237 00
ZVF617 BSO Grained glass 1.50 233932 00
ZVF617 BSP 1.00 236490 00
ZVF617 BESP Fine ridged glass 1.00 236483 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.104 Architectural lighting
Type MVF619
Light source
150 W
150 W
Lamp included Yes (light color 830 or 942)
No
Gear and compensation
(integrated) Conventional
Electronic (EB)
Optic
Medium beam (MB)
Wide beam (WB)
Symmetrical (S)
Asymmetrical (A)
Ignitor
Glass: tempered, 4 mm thick
Gaskets: silicone
Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum
Color
RAL1015
Installation
Front access for mains connection, cable entry
via M20 cable glands (2 cable glands for through-
Protractor scale integrated
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
SCx: 0.035 m2
+180º
Max vertical aiming: -90 to +60º
Maintenance
Accessories
Remarks If accessories are included in the luminaire package,
the letter Z is included in the product designation
Main applications
structures, sculptures
MVF619
assymmetrical (A) beam
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
4.97 505603 00
4.97 505610 00
4.97 505627 00
5.56 505634 00
5.56 480589 00
5.56 505665 00
5.56 505702 00
5.56 505689 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.105Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Product ID Description Weight (kg)
ZVF619 RL GR Round louver 0.11 506082 00
0.22 506099 00
0.65 608069 00
ZVF619 SGF-BL GR 0.65 608014 00
ZVF619 SGF-GN GR 0.65 608021 00
ZVF619 SGF-YE GR 0.65 608038 00
ZVF619 SGF-MG GR 0.65 608052 00
ZVF619 SGF-LBL GR 0.65 608045 00
ZVF619 WAF1 GR 0.65 506105 00
ZVF619 WAF2 GR 0.65 506112 00
ZVF619 WAF3 GR 0.65 506129 00
ZVF619 COF2 GR 0.65 506136 00
ZVF619 COF3 GR 0.65 506143 00
ZVF619 COF4 GR 0.65 506150 00
0.65 506174 00
ZVF619 VBSP GR Vertical beam spreader glass 0.65 506167 00
0.65 506198 00
ZVF619 VLBSP GR Vertical linear beam spreader glass 0.65 506181 00
Brandenburg Gate, Germany
Philips outdoor luminaires4.106 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source
Lamp included No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear (integrated)
Conventional
Electronic (EB)
Transformer Electronic (ET)
Options
Safety classes: Class I, Class II, and Class III too for
Glass: toughened, 6 mm thick
Gasket: silicone rubber
Extension arm: extruded aluminum
Glare shield (accessory): die-cast aluminum
Color
Installation Floor mounting by the integrated gear box
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC, 25ºC for
MASTER PAR20 E lamp version
Max vertical aiming: -90 to +60º
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass
Accessoies
Remarks
Main applications
lighting, sculptures
for halogen dichroic lamps
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
4.00 502381 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.107Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
MR50)
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.50 506716 00
lamp
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.80 152905 00
4.00 152950 00
2.10 545370 00
4.30 545394 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.108 Architectural lighting
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.50 152929 00
2.80 545325 00
lighting luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.70 152875 00
3.00 152899 00
4.00 545349 00
3.30 545363 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.109Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.00 152837 00
2.30 545295 00
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.30 152851 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.110 Architectural lighting
Product ID Description Weight (kg)
Glare shield diameter 118 mm 0.23 544922 00
Glare shield, vertical louver 118 mm 0.25 545127 00
0.25 544960 00
0.29 477398 00
0.29 477404 00
0.29 477428 00
0.29 477435 00
0.29 477442 00
0.29 477466 00
0.29 477459 00
Glare shield diameter 90 mm 0.14 544908 00
0.24 544977 00
0.15 477312 00
0.15 477329 00
0.15 477343 00
0.15 477350 00
0.15 477367 00
0.15 477381 00
0.15 477374 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.111Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires4.112 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.113Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
luminaireluminaireluminaire
scene to life
unobtrusive and has an elegant visual presence.
Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.114
Rectangular symmetrical
beamMedium beam Wide beam
Rectangular asymmetrical
beam
element.
Circular beams Rectangular beams
2x9°2x3° 2x14°
Beam angles
Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.115
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Color your light
Range of colors
Clear glassHalf moon frosted glass Fine-ridged glass
Unidirectional beam spreader.
beam vertically.
Multidirectional beam softener. The glass creates a diffuse and uniform light.
Honeycomb glass
Glass effectsFrosted glass Frosted inside for softening the beam and creating diffuse and uniform light.
Partially frosted inside to soften the edges of the beams against
The frosted part of the glass faces the facade.
Philips outdoor luminaires4.116 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source
35 W
Lamp included Yes (light color 830 or 930)
No
Gear and compensation
(integrated) Conventional
Electronic (EB)
Optic
symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams
Options Fuse (F) integrated
Glass: tempered, 15 mm thick
Gasket: silicon
Installation tube: PVC
Color
Installation
Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (indoor:
Static load: 4000 kg
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass
Accessories Frosted glass (GF), half-moon frosted glass
recessing box (RMR)
Remarks If accessories are included in the luminaire package,
the letter Z is included in the product designation
Main applications
residential and shopping areas, indoor applications
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
4.65 727110 00
5.25 727103 00
4.60 727134 00
4.60 727141 00
4.60 727158 00
4.60 727189 00
4.60 727196 00
4.60 727202 00
Recessed mounting box (ZBP521
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.117Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Cernay, France
Philips outdoor luminaires4.118 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source
Lamp included Yes (light color 830 or 942)
No
Gear and compensation
(integrated) Conventional
Electronic (EB)
Optic
symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams
Options
Glass: tempered, 19 mm thick
Gasket: silicon
Installation tube: metal
Color
Installation
One M20 cable gland
Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (25ºC
indoor)
Static load: 5000 kg
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass
Accessories
(RMR)
Remarks If accessories are included in the luminaire package,
the letter Z is included in the product designation
Main applications
residential and shopping areas, indoor applications
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
13.36 727660 00
16.21 727677 00
16.21 727684 00
16.21 727691 00
16.21 727707 00
16.21 727813 00
16.21 727820 00
16.21 727837 00
16.21 727936 00
16.21 727943 00
Recessed mounting box
(ZBP522 RMR), standard
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.119Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Abbey, Léhon, France
Philips outdoor luminaires4.120 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source
150 W
150 W
100 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 942)
No
Gear and compensation
(integrated) Conventional
Electronic (EB)
Optic
symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams
Options
Fuse (F) included
Glass: tempered, 19 mm thick
Gasket: silicon
Installation tube: metal
Color
Installation
Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (25ºC
indoor)
Static load: 5000 kg
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass
Accessories
(RMR), recessing box L-shape (RMLR)
Remarks If accessories are included in the luminaire package,
the letter Z is included in the product designation
Main applications
residential and shopping areas, indoor applications
Recessed mounting box (ZBP523 Recessed mounting box, L-shaped
(ZBP523 RMRL)
ZBP523 RMR
ZBP523 RMRL
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.121Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
19.36 728339 00
19.36 728346 00
19.36 728353 00
19.36 728483 00
19.36 728490 00
19.96 728582 00
19.96 728599 00
19.96 728605 00
19.96 728735 00
19.96 728742 00
18.26 728889 00
18.26 728896 00
18.26 728902 00
18.26 728919 00
18.26 728926 00
Castle Saint Sauveur le Vicomte, France
Philips outdoor luminaires4.122 Architectural lighting
Product ID
727547 00
729138 00
Product ID
ZBP521 MK 727554 00
ZBP523 MK 729145 00
Product ID
727523 00
729114 00
Product ID
ZBP523 RL 729121 00
ZBP521 RL 727530 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.123Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Product ID
ZBP521 GC-AS 727592 00
ZBP523 GC-AS 729060 00
Product ID
ZBP521 GB 727608 00
Product ID
ZBP521 GF 727578 00
ZBP523 GF 729046 00
Partly frosted glass (ZBP521 for
Product ID
727585 00
Product ID
ZBP521 BSO 727363 00
ZBP523 BSO 729091 00
Product ID
ZBP521 LBSP 727370 00
ZBP523 LBSP 729107 00
Product ID
ZBP521 SGF-BL 727424 00
ZBP523 SGF-BL 729152 00
ZBP521 SGF-GN 727400 00
ZBP523 SGF-GN 729169 00
ZBP521 WAF1 727479 00
ZBP523 WAF1 729213 00
ZBP521 COF2 727448 00
ZBP523 COF2 729244 00
Philips outdoor luminaires4.124 Architectural lighting
Product ID
ZBP521 GS1 GR 727509 00
Product ID
ZBP521 GS4 GR 727516 00
Product ID
727356 00
729084 00
Product ID Description
291476 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.125Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires4.126 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.127Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
and a refractor for appealing effects. The vandal-resistant TouchSafe cover means
Philips outdoor luminaires4.128 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source
Incandescent:
Lamp included Yes
Materials
Installation Ground-recessed
Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC
Static load 1000 kg
Remarks
Main applications
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.45 140339 00
1.45 140346 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.129Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires4.130 Architectural lighting
EFix
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.131Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
EFix Step marker
lighting – enhancing the city
applications.
Philips outdoor luminaires4.132 Architectural lighting
Type
Light source
Lamp included No
Gear and compensation
Optic
Wide beam, 2 x 30º (WB)
NB)
WB)
WB)
Cover: tempered glass, 10 mm thick
Color Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006
Installation Wall mounting
Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the front glass (three
Main applications
directional light distribution
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
5.50 809090 99
5.50 809106 99
4.60 807539 99
4.60 807546 99
directional light distribution
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
5.50 807553 99
5.50 809113 99
5.50 807560 99
4.10 807577 99
5.50 809120 99
4.10 807584 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.133Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
position
Philips outdoor luminaires4.134 Architectural lighting
EFix Step Light
Type
Light source
Lamp included No
Gear and compensation
Color Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006
Installation Wall recessed
Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the front cover (four
Main applications
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.135Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
3.30 807461 99
3.50 807478 99
EFix Step Light
Philips outdoor luminaires4.136 Architectural lighting
EFix Step Marker
Type
Light source
Lamp included No
Gear and compensation
Recessing housing part: polyamide
Color Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006
Installation Wall recessed
Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the front cover (2
Main applications
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.50 807485 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.30 807492 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.40 807508 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.137Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
EFix Step Marker
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.20 807515 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.30 807522 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.138 Architectural lighting
ambience
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.139Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type BBC211 (single pack, 10 pack, 10 pack KIT version)
Light source
Light color
Single pack: 0.25 W
10 pack KIT: 3 W
Frosted polycarbonate
Options Remote control unit
Color Gray
Installation
Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Liftetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=
25ºC)
Accessories
Remarks
transformer, remote control, battery, 20 m cable
10 markers
Main applications
static load: 1000 kg
BBC211
combipacked transformer and remote
control. Also available in single units and
sets of 10 pieces. Respective codes for
accessories are available separately
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.90 800479 99
0.90 800486 99
0.02 809199 99
0.21 809229 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.140 Architectural lighting
Type BBC206 (single pack version)
Light source
Light color
0.5 W
Frosted glass
Top cover: tempered glass and polycarbonate ® technology)
Top ring: stainless steel
Color Gray
Installation
Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Liftetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=
25ºC)
Accessories Aluminum decorative ring, recessed tube,
24 V transformer
Main applications
BBC206
static load: 1000 kg
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.41 143507 00
0.41 143491 00
0.41 143514 00
0.41 143521 00
0.41 143538 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.141Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type BBC212 (single pack version)
Light source
Light color
0.8 W
Frosted glass
Top cover: tempered glass and polycarbonate ® technology)
Top ring: stainless steel
Color Gray
Installation
Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Liftetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta =
25ºC)
Accessories Aluminum decorative ring, recessed tube, ceiling
Main applications
BBC212
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.50 143415 00
0.50 143422 00
0.50 143439 00
0.50 145822 00
0.50 145839 00
Product ID Description
143644 00
ZBC206 TUBEand 12
143651 00
IP65145808 00
ZBC206 CFC 145846 00
ZBC206 TRC ALU Aluminum cover for BBC206 transformer 145853 00
ZBC206 TRC IX Stainless steel cover for BBC206 transformer 145860 00
809427 99
static load: 1000 kg
Philips outdoor luminaires4.142 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.143Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
recessed luminaire, roundrecessed luminaire, round
options and effects.
Philips outdoor luminaires4.144 Architectural lighting
Type BBG300 (round, 220 - 240 V version)
BBG301 (round, 24 V version)
Light source
Light color
green (GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)
Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)
BBG300 (220 - 240 V version):
Red,amber: 2,3 W
RGB: 3.6 W
BBG301 (24 V version):
Red,amber: 1.4 W
RGB: 3.1 W
Controls
controllers
Top ring: stainless steel
Gearbox: polycarbonate
Installation
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Maintenance
Lifetime 50,000 hrs (70% lumen maintenance)
Accessories Recessed and pre-recessed boxes
(for outdoor use)
Main applications Urban areas, indoor applications
BBG300 BBG301
BBG300
BBG301
recessed luminaire, round
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.48 009926 99
0.48 009933 99
0.48 009940 99
0.48 009957 99
0.48 009964 99
0.40 802350 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.30 009971 99
0.30 009988 99
0.30 009995 99
0.30 797007 99
0.30 797014 99
0.30 802367 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.145Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type
Light source
Light color
(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)
Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)
BBG310 (220 - 240 V version):
Red, amber: 2,3 W
RGB: 6.6 W
BBG311 (24 V version):
Red, amber: 1.4 W
RGB: 5.8 W
Top ring: stainless steel
Gearbox: polycarbonate
Installation
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Maintenance
Accessories Recessed and pre-recessed boxes (for outdoor
use)
Main applications Urban areas, indoor applications
BBG310 BBG311
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.54 797076 99
0.54 797083 99
0.54 797090 99
0.54 797106 99
0.54 797113 99
0.54 802374 99
0.35 797120 99
0.35 797137 99
0.35 797144 99
0.35 797151 99
0.35 797168 99
0.35 802381 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.146 Architectural lighting
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.06 797175 99
1.08 797182 99
0.89 797199 99
1.08 797205 99
1.08 797212 99
1.08 802398 99
0.70 797229 99
0.70 797236 99
0.70 797243 99
0.70 797250 99
0.70 797267 99
0.70 802404 99
Type BBG320 (rectangular, 220 - 240 V version)
BBG321 (rectangular, 24 V version)
Light source
Light color
(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)
Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)
BBG320 (220 - 240 V version):
Red, amber: 4.6 W
RGB: 12.7 W
BBG321 (24 V version):
Red, amber: 2.8 W
RGB: 11 W
Controls
controllers
Top ring: stainless steel
Gearbox: polycarbonate
Installation
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC
Maintenance
Accessories Recessed and pre-recessed boxes (for outdoor
use)
Main applications Urban areas, indoor applications
BBG320 BBG321
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.147Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Product ID
ZBG300 RMB 797274 99
802008 99
802022 99
ZBG300 RMB-RGB 801988 99ZBG300 RMB
Product ID
ZBG310 RMB 797328 99
ZBG310 RMB-RGB 802237 99
802251 99
802275 99
ZBG310 RMB
Product ID
ZBG320 RMB 797342 99
ZBG320 RMB-RGB 802299 99
802312 99
802336 99
ZBG320 RMB
Stainless steel top ring
Philips outdoor luminaires4.148 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.149Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
both LUXEON®
Philips outdoor luminaires4.150 Architectural lighting
Type BCB450 (surface-mounted version)
Light source 3 x LUXEON® I
Light color
Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)
Current driven, 350 mA
Max 4 W
Optic Beam angles:
Mono-color : 12 and 30º
Tri-color : 12, 30 and 40º
Options Lighting controls:
Color Glossy silver
Installation
color version)
No preference in orientation
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta <
25ºC
Accessories
Remarks
Main applications
CB
BCB450
mounted
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.43 801346 99
0.43 801353 99
0.43 801360 99
0.43 801377 99
0.43 801384 99
0.43 801391 99
0.43 801407 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.151Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type BCB451 (surface-mounted version)
Light source 3 x LUXEON® K2
Light color
Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)
Current driven, 350 mA, 700 mA
Max 8 W
Optic Beam angles 10, 25 and 40º
Options Lighting controls (for RGB version):
Bracket: stainless steel, tempored glass
Color Glossy silver
Installation
slave for tri-color version)
No preference in orientation
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Accessories
Remarks
Main applications
CB
BCB451
mounted
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.54 807874 99
0.54 807881 99
0.60 807898 99
0.54 807904 99
0.54 807911 99
0.60 807928 99
0.54 807935 99
0.54 807942 99
0.60 807959 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.152 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.153Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires4.154 Architectural lighting
Type BBB450 (recessed version)
Light source 3 x LUXEON® I
Light color
Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)
Current driven, 350 mA
Optic Beam angles:
Mono-color : 12 and 30º
Tri-color : 12, 30 and 40º
Option Lighting controls:
Recessed box: plastic
Color Glossy silver
Installation
separate available ECB450 range of drivers (and
No preference in orientation
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Accessories
Remarks
Main applications
CB
BBB450 3x
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.19 801278 99
0.19 801285 99
0.19 801292 99
0.19 801308 99
0.19 801315 99
0.25 801322 99
0.25 801339 99
Product ID Description
ZBB451 RMB-1 807966 99
ZBB451 RMB-3 807973 99
ECB450 PSU220-240V-4W 801445 99
ECB450 PSU220-240V-15W 801469 99
801483 99
801506 99
801803 99
812151 99
ECB451 PSU220-240V-10W 808376 99
ECB451 PSU220-240V-36W 808383 99
808420 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.155Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type BBB451 (recessed version)
Light source 1 x or 3 x LUXEON® K2
Light color
Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)
Current driven, 350 mA, 700 mA
Optic Beam angles 10, 25 and 40º
Option Lighting controls (for RGB version):
tempered glass
Recessed box: plastic
Color Glossy silver
Installation
No preference in orientation
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC
Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Accessories
Remarks
Main applications
CB
BBB451 1xBBB451 3x
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.27 807720 99
0.27 807737 99
0.27 807744 99
0.27 807751 99
0.27 807768 99
0.27 807775 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.35 807782 99
0.35 807799 99
0.41 807805 99
0.35 807812 99
0.35 807829 99
0.41 807836 99
0.35 807843 99
0.35 807850 99
0.41 807867 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.156 Architectural lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.157Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
dynamic scene-setting
energy consumption to a minimum.
Philips outdoor luminaires4.158 Architectural lighting
Type BCC103 (320 mm length version)
BCC106 (600 mm length version)
BCC109 (900 mm length version)
BCC112 (1200 mm length version)
Light source
Light color Mono-color version:
Red, 620 - 630 nm
Green, 520 - 530 nm
Blue, 465 - 475 nm
White, 4590 - 5620 K
Tri-color version:
Red, green, blue (RGB)
Mains voltage 110-240 V
(max)
BCC103: 3.8 W (mono), 3.2 W (tri-color)
BCC106: 5.2 W (mono), 5.0 W (tri-color)
BCC109: 6.5 W (mono), 7,0 W (tri-color)
BCC112: 7.7 W (mono), 8.9 W (tri-color)
Optical cover
Integrated, sealed driver
External controller (ZCC100) needed
for operating, sectional programming and
battens
6 static and 48 dynamic effects are pre-loaded
resistant
End caps: polycarbonate 2807
Optical cover: polycarbonate
Sealed mounting clips: stainless steel SSL 301
Color
Installation Wall mounted via provided mounting clips
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC
rotary brackets)
IP65 inter-connectors (data)
Lifetime 10,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta =
25ºC)
Accessories Rotary mounting bracket, external controller
Main applications Architectural contour lighting, facade, display
A
BCC103 320
BCC106 600
BCC109 900
BCC112 1200
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.49 811635 99
0.49 811666 99
0.63 811703 99
0.63 811727 99
0.77 811789 99
0.77 811796 99
0.91 811819 99
0.91 811826 99
0.91 811833 99
0.91 811840 99
0.91 811857 99
0.91 811864 99
CB
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.159Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
ZCC100 controller
Product ID
ZCC100 MB-A (2PCS) 811871 99
ZCC100 5V CLIII IP20 EXTERNAL CONTROLLER
811888 99
Philips outdoor luminaires4.160 Architectural lighting
NG
in vivid colors
produce a high and uniform luminosity.
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.161Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type BCC200
Light source
Light color
green (GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)
5.7 W per meter
Optic PVC diffuser
Installation Surface mounting via provided clips, shielded from
direct ingress
Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC
Lifetime 10,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta =
25ºC
Accessories
tracks, extension cable
Remarks
Available in different lengths:
Red and amber versions: 1.52, 3.04, 10.64, 19.76
and 50.16 m
and 50.50 m
Main applications Architectural contour lighting, signage, coves
connectors tubing
NG
0.91m, 1.82m, 10.10m, 20.20m, 50.50m
A
L1520 1520
L1820 1820
L3040 3040
L10010 10010
L10640 10640
L19760 19760
L20020 20020
L50050 50050
L50160 50160
NG BCC200 Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.79 809601 99
0.79 809632 99
1.58 809656 99
1.58 809687 99
0.48 809618 99
0.48 809625 99
0.48 809649 99
0.95 809663 99
0.95 809670 99
0.95 809694 99
Product ID Description
ECC200 PSU 220-240V 1.6A CLII IP44
812250 99
ECC200 PSU 220-240V 4A CLII IP44 812267 99
ZCC200 CMC L50 ALU (5PCS) Mounting Track 50 mm 812274 99
ZCC200 CMC L1000 ALU Mounting Track 1000 mm 812281 99
ZCC200 CMC L2000 ALU Mounting Track 2000 mm 812298 99
ZCC200 C1000P-M-F Extension Cable 812304 99
NG
CB
Philips outdoor luminaires4.162 Architectural lighting
arrangements on architectural surfaces, creating color-changing effects.
and it can be used for outdoor and indoor environments.
Philips outdoor luminaires 4.163Architectural lighting
Arc
hite
ctur
al lig
htin
g
Type
Light source
Light color Tri-color : red, green, blue (RGB)
BCP310: 4 W
BCP315: 9.7 W
Optic Frosted diffuser
Cover: PMMA
IP connectors: engineering plastic
Color Grey (GR)
Installation Surface mounted (4 mounting holes provided on
Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC
ambient
Lifetime 20,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta 35ºC)
Accessories Range of drivers
Remarks
Main applications Facades, indication lighting
BCP310 BCP315
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
0.69 810645 99
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
1.25 810652 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight
(kg)
2.60 009018 00
2.60 810669 00
2.60 810676 00
CB
Sports and area lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires5.2 Sports and area lighting
Championship lighting for champion playersToday, sport is the world’s biggest entertainment industry. Events such as the Olympics, soccer’s World Cup and the NBA Championships capture the attention of almost everyone on the planet – thanks mainly to media coverage.
High-end sportsIn fact, TV is largely responsible for sport’s current status and it is the main driver of sports business development. At evening or night-time events, broadcasters require excellent lighting of the playing surface. Although the lighting should illuminate the players perfectly – and in some cases the live spectators too – it should never disturb them. Players and fans must experience optimal visual conditions – without glare – at all times. Philips has available in-house the lighting technology and sports broadcasting know-how required to design all the elements of an optimized sports lighting system – housing, lamp, optic and gear. In addition, many years of experience have enabled Philips to gain unrivalled competence in application development and sports lighting design. And thanks to the ArenaVision concept, Philips is present in all major sports, in the most prestigious stadia across all continents, and is recognized as the true world champion in sports lighting.
5.3Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
The answer to all your needsBeing a market leader in top-end sports lighting has given Philips the expertise
sports.
Recreational sportsPhilips’ leadership is also the result of its long-term technical co-operation with many international sports federations, such as for football, basketball, tennis and hockey, to name
standards for their sports and has further strengthened Philips’ competence in recreational sports lighting. Building upon this partnership, Philips has for many years now been developing innovative optical systems which help reduce light pollution thanks to sharp cut-off beam characteristics. On top of its unrivalled expertise, Philips is the only manufacturer that has all the necessary technologies in-house – lamps, controls and gear, optical systems and housings – and is therefore able to guarantee optimum system performance. So, whatever the sport, whatever the level of competition, whatever the venue, Philips’ impressive range of sports lighting solutions will provide the answer to all your needs.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.4 Sports and area lighting
The 24-hour economy has led to a massive increase in human activity around the clock. Whether at a production center, airport, container terminal or industrial site, activity can be ongoing throughout the night.
safety and security of those working on site. The two most relevant criteria when selecting area
5.5Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
gcolor quality. Also, we can optimize the cost of ownership, enabling the end user as well as
of environmental care, Philips has developed innovative optical systems which help reduce light
Philips outdoor luminairesSports and area lighting5.6
Selection guide – Sports and area lighting
Luminaire Type Page Ingress
protection
IP value
Gear
integrated (i)
separate (s)
Insulation
class
Ambient
temperature
outdoor (°C)
Drag
factor
(Cx)
Max.
windage
area (m2)
Availability
barndoors /
louvers
ArenaVision
65 s I 35 •5.18 65 s I •
PowerVision
55 s I 35 •
OptiVision
65 s I 35 -
ComfortVision
SNF111 65 s I 35 -
MVF480
55 s I 35 •
Geartrays
- I 35 - - -
- I 35 - - -
OptiFlood
66
66
i
i
II
I/II
35
35
-
-
MINI 300 Stealth
DGP333 65 i I 35 -
5.56 65 i I 35 -
DVP333 5.58 65 i I 35 -
SNF100/300
55 i II 35 1.18 •55 i/s II 35 1.18 •
Tempo
Tempo 1 RVP151 5.68 65 i I 35 - -
65 i I 35 - •Tempo 3 RVP351 65 i I 35 - •
MVF415
55 i I - •
QKF102
- I 35 - -
QVF415/416/417
5.81 55 - I - •5.81 55 - I - •5.81 55 - I - •
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting 5.7
Selection guide – Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Luminaire Type Page Cosmo-
Polis
SON(-T)
PLUS
SDW-T Halogen CDM-
T
CDO-
T
CDM-
TD
MHN-
TD
MHN-
LA
MHN-
SA
MHN-
FC
MHN-
SE
HPI-
T
ArenaVision
- - - - - - - - - - - • -
5.18 - - - - - - - - • • - - -
PowerVision
- • - - - - - - • - • - •
OptiVision
- • - - - - - - • - • - •
ComfortVision
SNF111 - • - - - - - - - - - - •
MVF480
- • - - - - - - - - - - •
Geartrays
- • - - - - - - • • • • •- • - - - - - - • • • • •
OptiFlood
••
••
-
-
-
-••
••
••
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
•MINI 300 Stealth
DGP333 • - - - • - • - - - - - -
5.56 • - - - • - • - - - - - -
DVP333 5.58 • - - - • - • - - - - - -
SNF100/300
- • • - - - - • - - - - -
- • - - - - - - - - - - •Tempo
Tempo 1 RVP151 5.68 - • - - - - • • - - - - -
- • - - - - - • - - - - -
Tempo 3 RVP351 - • - - - - - - - - - - •MVF415
- - - - - - - • - - - - -
QKF102
- - - • - - - - - - - - -
QVF415/416/417
5.81 - - - • - - - - - - - - -
5.81 - - - • - - - - - - - - -
5.81 - - - • - - - - - - - - -
Philips outdoor luminaires5.8
ArenaVision
Sports and area lighting
ArenaVision
5.9
ArenaVision
Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires
ArenaVision – now with even greater
ArenaVision – a great partner
ArenaVision is an integrated system that is supplied by one manufacturer as part of a complete system. Philips is the only manufacturer to provide all relevant technologies from
disciplines of lamp, optic and gear design were brought together with a single mission: to
than ever before.
as well.
stadiums and large indoor arenas, is specially designed to increase dramatically the theatrical and emotional
halls as well as many outdoor sports and other illumination uses.
power output for every conceivable application.
www.philips.com/lighting
MVF404MVF403
Philips outdoor luminaires
ArenaVision MVF404
Sports and area lighting
Exclusive lamp technology only in ArenaVision
ArenaVision and brings out the best in the game.
designed to meet high demanding lighting and TV broadcasting requirements, e.g. excellent
it to be mounted in the lampholder in an axial position, without an outer envelope and is
distribution with a minimum of spill light.
mounted in any standard positions needed.
Philips gear unit.
Power
(W)
Supply
voltage
(V)
Light
output
(Lm)
Luminous
efficacy
(Lm/W)
Cap/
base
Operating
position
Average
lifetime
(h)
Lamp
current
(A nominal)
Lamp
voltage
(V nominal)
Universal 11.6
Color
rendering
(Ra)
Color
temperature
(K)
Chromaticity
coordinate
X
Chromaticity
coordinate
Y
Lamp dimensions C D O
Nom. Nom.
ArenaVision MVF404
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.81
LVM0700500
=maxI2/1 ,o-3 o2
,o-3 o3o = 39937 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI
Cartesian intensity diagram
(cd/
1000
lm)
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M
1 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 1
LVM0700800
=maxI2/1 ,o-5 o4
,o-6 o5o = 17897 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI
Cartesian intensity diagram
(cd/
1000
lm)
0
4000
8000
12000
16000
20000
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M
1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.811 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 2
LVM0700900
=maxI2/1 ,o-5 o5
,o-7 o7o = 12697 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI
Cartesian intensity diagram
(cd/
1000
lm)
0
3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M
1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.811 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 3
LVM0701100
=maxI2/1 ,o-6 o6
,o-12 o9o = 8049 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI
Cartesian intensity diagram
(cd/
1000
lm)
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M
1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.811 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 4
LVM0701400
=maxI2/1 ,o-10 o8
,o-9 o9o = 6170 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI
Cartesian intensity diagram
(cd/
1000
lm)
0
1500
3000
4500
6000
7500
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M
1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.811 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 5
LVM0701500
=maxI2/1 ,o-10 o10
,o-10 o10o = 3885 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI
Cartesian intensity diagram
(cd/
1000
lm)
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M
1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.801 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 6
LVM0700700
=maxI2/1 ,o-15 o14
,o-14 o15o = 2367 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI
Cartesian intensity diagram
(cd/
1000
lm)
0
600
1200
1800
2400
3000
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M
1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.791 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 7
LVM0796100
=maxI2/1 ,o-13 o11
,o-20 o20o = 1827 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI
Cartesian intensity diagram
(cd/
1000
lm)
0
400
800
1200
1600
2000
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o
-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M
1 x 202000 lmL.O.R. = 0.781 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 8
Philips outdoor luminaires
ArenaVision MVF404
Sports and area lighting
optical concept providing more light, which is controlled by the world-class design optical
Consequently, even fewer luminaires are required for the application coverage, allowing substantial savings on capital, energy and maintenance.
distinct beam distributions, each with sharp cut-off characteristics. The new mono-block optics,
purity aluminum, enable greater freedom in lighting design than ever before.
ArenaVision MVF404
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Lower installation and maintenance costs Thanks to the new compact lamp and a simple spring-clip device, lamping and relamping have been made much easier, and can be done with one hand.
there is no room for error. On-site handling is more straightforward, quicker and therefore cheaper.
Safety knife connector system
knife connector system, which automatically disconnects the mains power when the rear-access back cover is opened, without the need for an additional relay or contactor or any extra cabling. This can also give rise to savings on capital and installation costs.
Breakthrough electronic hot-restrike option
ensure immediate re-ignition after a short power cut, so as to prevent long periods without light.
Thanks to innovations in technology, with the new electronic hot-restrike system everything is incorporated into a single module with integral timer to provide the most economical solution.
Philips outdoor luminairesSports and area lighting
ArenaVision MVF404
ArenaVisionType MVF404
Light source HID:
Lamp included
Optic
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
aiming position of the luminaire during servicing
Hot re-strike versions enabling immediate
restoration of lighting after power supply failure
lighting
Special cable sleeve version for tropical regions
Housing and rear cover: non-corrosive, high-
pressure die-cast aluminum
Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized, painted
steel
aluminum
Finishing in raw aluminum
Installation
mounting
can be done with one hand only
Precision aiming facilities at both top and bottom
of the housing for use in conjunction with the
ZVF403 PAD accessory
Adjustment of mounting bracket: 360º
Projected area in 70º position: 0.20 m2
Maintenance
Equipped with knife connector system, which
automatically disconnects the mains power when
No internal cleaning required
Accessories
in aluminum connection box on the bracket
on request
Wire mesh to prevent large glass falling out
are available, to be ordered separately
Main applications Outdoor sport stadiums
MVF404 SI
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
lighting luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
502008 00
502022 00
502039 00
502046 00
502053 00
502060 00
604092 00
ArenaVision MVF404
AccessoriesPrecision aiming device
Product ID
ZVF403 PAD
External louver
Product ID
239996 00
Compact lamp with conventional hot-
Built-in safety knife connector system,
which automatically disconnects the
mains power when the rear-access
back cover is opened.MHN-SE 2000W lamp.
Side view of ArenaVision MVF404 with
connection box on the bracket
lighting luminaire with precision aiming
Philips outdoor luminairesSports and area lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Stade Yves du Manoir’, Montpellier, France
Photography: Pierre Crouzet
Philips outdoor luminairesSports and area lighting
ArenaVision MVF403
ArenaVisionType MVF403
Light source HID:
Lamp included
Optic
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
aiming position of the luminaire during servicing
Hot re-strike versions enabling immediate
restoration of lighting after power supply failure
lighting
Special cable sleeve version for tropical regions
Housing and rear cover: non-corrosive, high-
pressure die-cast aluminum
Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized, painted
steel
aluminum
Finishing in raw aluminum
Installation
mounting
The lamp only needs to be installed mechanically;
electrical connection achieved by closing the rear
cover
Precision aiming facilities at both top and bottom
of the housing for use in conjunction with the
ZVF403 PAD accessory
Adjustment of mounting bracket: 360º
Ambient temperature outdoor:
Projected area in 70º position: 0.20 m2
Maintenance
Equipped with safety switch to cut off current
No internal cleaning required
Accessories
Equipped with aluminum connection box with
on request
Wire mesh to prevent large glass falling out
are available, to be ordered separately
Main applications Outdoor sport stadiums, indoor sport halls,
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
lighting luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
502657 00
502664 00
502688 00
502695 00
502725 00
ArenaVision MVF403
AccessoriesPrecision aiming device
Product ID
ZVF403 PAD
External louver
Product ID
239996 00
Simple aiming device
Product ID
ZVF403 SAD 503098 00
Philips outdoor luminaires5.20 Sports and area lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Izmir Sirinyer Hippodrome, Izmir, Turkey.
Izmir Sirinyer Hippodrome, Izmir, Turkey
Philips outdoor luminaires5.22 Sports and area lighting
PowerVision
PowerVision – high-performance
general area lighting and facade illumination. This compact luminaire distributes
spill light and glare.
The luminaire’s rugged all-weather construction is designed for easy aiming, simple cleaning and speedy servicing.
5.23Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
PowerVision
PowerVisionType MVF024
Light source HID:
Lamp included
Optic
Ignitor
Options
for higher ambient temperatures of indoor
applications
Housing and rear cover: non-corrosive, high-
pressure die-cast aluminum
Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel
aluminum
Stainless-steel clips
Finishing in raw aluminum
Installation
mounting
For pre-aiming, protractor scale and simple aiming
device integrated
Projected area in 65º position: 0.30 m2
360º adjustment of mounting bracket
Maintenance
Safety switch to cut off current while opening
No internal cleaning required
Accessories
Equipped with aluminum connection box with
50 Hz are available, to be ordered separately
Main applications
industrial areas
MVF024
Philips outdoor luminaires5.24 Sports and area lighting
PowerVision
PowerVision MVF024 sports and area Preferred selectionProduct ID
547824 00
547848 00
547763 00
547787 00
547800 00
547770 00
547794 00
292527 00
292534 00
Accessories
Product ID
ZVF024 L 265759 00
Adjustment possibilities
PowerVision MVF024 sports and area
Easy relamping without disturbing
position
5.25Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
PowerVision
Philips outdoor luminaires5.26 Sports and area lighting
OptiVision
5.27Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
OptiVision – breakthrough downlightOptiVision is an asymmetric downlighting luminaire that combines compact
limitation of glare and upward leakage of light. OptiVision can accommodate metal-halide lamps for good color rendering or high-pressure sodium lamps for economical operation.
atmosphere.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.28 Sports and area lighting
OptiVision
OptiVisionType MVP507
Light source HID:
Lamp included
No
Optic
Ignitor
Housing: non-corrosive, high-pressure die-cast
aluminum
Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel
Clips and hinges: stainless steel
aluminum
Finishing in raw aluminum
Installation On mast headframe, ceiling and wall mounting
Protractor scale integrated for aiming
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
2
downlighting only
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the hinged front glass for
in-position lamp replacement
Built-in safety switch to cut off current while
opening the luminaire, only in MHN-LA lamp
versions
No internal cleaning required
Accessories
Equipped with aluminum connection box with
Bracket can be inverted to allow mounting above
or below a cross arm
ordered separately
Main applications Sports, car parks, industrial areas
MVP507
5.29Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
OptiVision MVP507 sports and area Preferred selectionProduct ID
OptiVision
Accessories
Product ID
ZVP507 SAD
Adjustment possibilities
In addition, OptiVision can be mounted
above or below a crossbar simply
by inverting the bracket. This allows
mast.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.30 Sports and area lighting
the 5.067km track with light that is four times brighter than a football stadium at night. Because the track is a street circuit, the lighting system is temporary. The heights of the lights will vary to accommodate the trees lining the road. The lights are also set deliberately lower than the canopy, and will not interfere with underground public services such as water and gas pipes, and electricity cables.
competitions.
Circuit, Singapore
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires5.32 Sports and area lighting
ComfortVision
5.33Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
ComfortVision – asymmetric downlightingbeam evenly and accurately. It can accommodate metal-halide lamps for good color rendering or a high-pressure sodium lamp for economical performance.
ComfortVision’s rugged all-weather construction is designed for easy aiming, simple cleaning and speedy servicing. For optimal downlighting, the luminaire should be mounted horizontally
mounting bracket allows mounting to headframes, ceilings and walls.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.34 Sports and area lighting
ComfortVision
ComfortVisionType
Light source HID:
600 W
Lamp included
No
Optic
Ignitor
Options External connection box with hose for series
ignitor
Housing: non-corrosive, high-pressure die-cast
aluminum
Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel
Clips and hinges: stainless steel
hammered for medium beam, semi-matt for
narrow beam
Color Finishing of window frame in lacquered black, and
blue plastic mounting caps
Installation On mast headframe, ceiling and wall mounting
glands, terminal block inside
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
2
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the hinged front glass for
in-position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Equipped with aluminum connection box with
Second power cable gland, with internal stopper
removable for twin-lamp versions
are available, to be ordered separately
Main applications Industrial areas, roundabouts, car parks, sports
5.35Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
24.20 547503 00
24.20
24.20 547527 00
24.20 547534 00
24.20
24.20 547558 00
24.20 547565 00
24.20 547572 00
24.20 547589 00
24.20 547596 00
ComfortVision
Adjustment possibilitiesSecond cable gland
Philips outdoor luminaires5.36 Sports and area lighting
MVF480
and similar areas. It is available in single or double-lamp versions and with a
rendering with metal-halide lamps or economical performance with high-pressure sodium lamps. Its rugged all-weather construction is designed for easy aiming, simple cleaning and speedy servicing. A universal bracket allows ceiling, wall or surface mounting, and an anti-glare louver is available as an accessory to screen off spill light.
5.37Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
MVF480
Type MVF480
Light source HID:
Lamp included No
Optic
Housing: non-corrosive, high-pressure die-cast
aluminum
Lamp holder unit and maintenance cover: heat-
resistant injected special plastics
Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel
wide beam
Color Housing: matt black
Installation
integrated in lamp holder unit
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.36 m2
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the side maintenance
No internal cleaning required
Accessories
ordered separately
Main applications Sports, car parks, industrial areas
MVF480 2 x 400 W
wide-beam optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID
MVF480 2xSON-T400W NB 267265 00
MVF480 2xSON-T400W WB 267272 00
Philips outdoor luminaires5.38 Sports and area lighting
MVF480
wide-beam optic
Preferred selectionProduct ID
267258 00
AccessoriesExternal anti-glare louver
Product ID
ZVF480 L
Adjustment possibilitiesEasy relamping
Separate lampholder block for twin-
lamp versions
5.39Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
MVF480
Philips outdoor luminaires5.40 Sports and area lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
ZVF320 LV prewired gear tray in long
version
ZVF320 WV prewired gear tray in
wide version
ZVF320A range of prewired gear trays is available for higher wattage lamps. A gear
components because of lack of space or because of high temperatures.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.42 Sports and area lighting
Type ZVF320
Light source HID
Supply voltage
the ballast
Ignitor
on the gear tray provide high voltage pulses across
the lamp
supplied with the ignitor and the series ignitor is
provided in the connection box attached on the
hot re-strike ignitor is located at the back of the
luminaire and acts at the same time as a normal
controls the duration of the ignition
Capacitor A set of parallel capacitors is used to obtain a
ZVF320 LV
ZWF320 WV
Options Available in two different sizes. A wide version
a custom made cabinet, which can house several
poles or a cabinet
Semi-parallel ignitors suitable for short distance
capacitance
only
for 230-240 V versions and 2-phase protection for
Through-wiring versions available only on request
Tray: pre-galvanized steel2 insulated
with PVC
Installation
be installed between gear tray and luminaire
Connectors made with screw terminals live,
neutral, earth for mains supply
Lamp connections clearly marked and to be used 2
Ambient temperature: 35ºC
Accessories
2. Note: not suitable for
restrictions
Main applications Poles, columns, cabinets, individual gear boxes
5.43Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
ZVF320 LV prewired gear tray in long
version
Preferred selectionProduct ID
230580 00
503203 00
503265 00
503395 00
503463 00
605785 00
848983 00
503524 00
503579 00
503487 00
503654 00
605907 00
ZVF320 WV prewired gear tray in
wide version
Preferred selectionProduct ID
503494 00
503593 00
503630 00
503678 00
506884 00
503555 00
506945 00
605969 00
839400 00
503227 00
605808 00
Accessories
Product ID
ZVF320 WV prewired, gear tray in
wide version, suitable for 2 lamp
Philips outdoor luminaires5.44 Sports and area lighting
OptiFlood
5.45Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
OptiFlood MVP506OptiFlood MVP504
OptiFlood – compact and completethe boundaries of the area being illuminated so that it does not affect people living close by or driving past.
systems for general area lighting as well as security and industrial area lighting – e.g. with the
heights.
light distribution – total light cut-off above the horizontal and a peak beam intensity at high
in application and can accommodate CosmoPolis, metal halide lamps for good colour rendering or high pressure sodium lamps for economical operations.
where design and appearance are just important as technical performance. In the design, attention has been focused not only on the overall form, but also on the detailing as well. This has led to integrated ‘hidden’ hinges, angle adjustment designed as part of the body and a restyled mounting bracket, angled to allow more aesthetic integration onto columns. The
avaiable on request.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.46 Sports and area lighting
OptiFlood MVP504
OptiFloodType MVP504
Light source HID:
Lamp included
Optic
CDM-T lamp versions
except CDM-T lamp version
Ignitor
Options Safety class 2
Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum, non-
corrosive
Clips: stainless steel
Color
Installation
mounting
Front cover hinges for easy access
Aiming indicator ring is integrated on housing and
bracket
Max windage area: 0.04 m2
Max SCx value by side: 0.037 m2
Maintenance Lamp and gear unit access by opening the hinged
front glass for in position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Accessories Wire guard
Main applications
MVP504
5.47Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
OptiFlood MVP504 sports and area-
lighting luminaire, aluminum
Preferred selectionProduct ID
6.70 292732 00
7.35 292756 00
6.75 292800 00
7.35 292848 00
7.30 293388 00
7.05 293425 00
OptiFlood MVP504
Opening with screw driver release for
easy installation and maintenance
Access to the interior to be gained via
the two stainless steel clips
The fully opening front face provides
excellent access to all components
Easy access to gear compartement
housing the ballast, ignitor and
capacitor
OptiFlood MVP504 sports and area-
lighting luminaire, ultra-dark gray
Preferred selectionProduct ID
6.70 293050 00
7.35 293074 00
7.35
6.75
7.30 293586 00
7.05 293074 00
Philips outdoor luminaires5.48 Sports and area lighting
OptiFlood MVP506
OptiFloodType MVP506
Light source HID:
250 W
250 W
400, 600 W
Lamp included
Optic
250 W CDM-T, CDO-TT and SON-T lamp
versions
except CDM-T lamp version
Ignitor
Options Safety class 2
Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum, non-
corrosive
Clips: stainless steel
Color
Installation
mounting
Front cover hinges for easy access
Aiming indicator ring is integrated on housing and
bracket
2
Maintenance Lamp and gear unit access by opening the hinged
front glass for in position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Accessories Wire guard, optical skirt
Main applications Sports, general area, car parks, architectural
5.49Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
MVP506
OptiFlood MVP506
OptiFlood MVP506 sports and area-
lighting luminaire, aluminum
Preferred selectionProduct ID
20.70
20.70
720258 00
724423 00
724447 00
OptiFlood MVP506 sports and area- Preferred selectionProduct ID
724638 00
20.70 720326 00
720333 00
723778 00
724485 00
Philips outdoor luminaires5.50 Sports and area lighting
OptiFlood MVP506
AccessoriesSkirt
Product ID
723075 99
The fully opening front face provides
excellent access to all components
Access to the interior to be gained via
the two stainless steel clipsEase of installation and maintenance
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
OptiFlood MVP506
Philips outdoor luminaires5.52 Sports and area lighting
MINI 300 Stealth
5.53Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Mini 300 Stealth DWP333 wall-
luminairemounted luminaire
Mini 300 Stealth – visual power
results are achieved thanks to the good balance of horizontal and vertical light levels combined with the white light and good color rendering of the lamp.
It is also available with the road-lighting POT optic, making it suitable for site perimeter, parking and open area lighting. The light source is shielded by a patented louver system, minimizing glare.
mounting.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.54 Sports and area lighting
Type
Light source HID:
250 W
Lamp included
Optic
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
version only
Housing and front frame: high-pressure die-cast
aluminum
Mounting bracket: high-pressure die-cast and
extruded aluminum
Clips: stainless steel
Color
Installation
Mounting unit is supplied in two halves for ease of
installation
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.20 m2
Max adjustment from the horizontal: 0º
Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-
position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Humidity inside the luminaire is controlled via a
‘gore’ valve
Suitable for 230 or 240 V operation by changing
the tapping on the terminal block
Delivered as standard with lamp, ballast and post-
Main applications
transportation hubs
5.55Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
mounted luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
386044 00
For installation and lamp replacement,
easy access is possible by opening the
front frame, which hold the tempered
front glass
For twin ‘back to back’ luminaire
installation
Philips outdoor luminaires5.56 Sports and area lighting
MINI 300 Stealth DWP333
Type
Light source HID:
250 W
Lamp included
Optic
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
only
Housing and front frame: high-pressure die-cast
aluminum
Mounting bracket: high-pressure die-cast and
extruded aluminum
Clips: stainless steel
Color
Installation Wall mounting
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.20 m2
Max. adjustment from the horizontal: 0º
Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-
position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Accessories Wall-mounting bracket, ZWP333 MBW
Humidity inside the luminaire is controlled via a
‘gore’ valve
Suitable for 230 or 240 V operation by changing
the tapping on the terminal block
Delivered as standard with lamp, ballast and design
bracket
Main applications
transportation hubs, various indoor applications
DWP333
5.57Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
MINI 300 Stealth DWP333
Mini 300 Stealth DWP333 wall- Preferred selectionProduct ID
386082 00
386099 00
For installation and lamp replacement,
easy access is possible by opening the
front frame, which holds the tempered
front glass
Mini 300 Stealth DWP333 wall-
mounted luminaire
AccessoriesMounting bracket
Product ID
ZWP333 MBW SI 380639 00
Philips outdoor luminaires5.58 Sports and area lighting
MINI 300 Stealth DVP333
Type
Light source HID:
250 W
Lamp included
Optic
Optical cover
Ignitor
Options
version only
Housing and front frame: high-pressure die-cast
aluminum
Clips: stainless steel
Color
Installation
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.20 m2
Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-
position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Humidity inside the luminaire is controlled via a
‘gore’ valve
Suitable for 230 or 240 V operation by changing
the tapping on the terminal block
Main applications
transportation hubs, security
DVP333
5.59Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Mini 300 Stealth DVP333 wall- or
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
232006 00
232266 00
232303 00
386068 00
386075 00
MINI 300 Stealth DVP333
Eindhoven, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminaires5.60 Sports and area lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
luminaireluminaire
construction is designed for easy aiming, simple cleaning and speedy servicing.
with wide ranges of adjustment offer directional versatility for both down- and uplighting.
direct view, reduce glare and screen off spill light.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.62 Sports and area lighting
Type
Light source HID:
SNF300
Lamp included
No
Mains voltage
Ignitor
Housing: polycarbonate, injection-moulded, heat-
Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel
and anodized
Color Black
Mounting caps: red
Installation
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.08 m2
2
Max adjustment possibility from the horizonal: -90
Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-
position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Accessories Horizontal and vertical barndoor sets, mounting
brackets for mounting on 60 - 76 poles
Protractor scale and daylight aiming sight for easy
pre-alignment
Main applications Architectural and industrial areas, parks, sculptures,
security
SNF300
5.63Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
4.70
5.40 007038 00
4.90
4.60
5.00
5.70
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
7.70
8.70
8.60
4.50
Adjustment possibilities
Philips outdoor luminaires5.64 Sports and area lighting
Accessories
luminaire with set of two horizontal
Product ID
267067 00
A
BD-S 247
BD-L 320
luminaire with set of two horizontal
Product ID
ZNF300 BD-L 267098 00
ZNF300 BD-S
A
BD-S 323
BD-L 445
Product ID Description
ZNF300 MB 724775 99
Adjustment possibilities
5.65Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Lighting design: Pierre Bideau
Philips outdoor luminaires5.66 Sports and area lighting
Tempo
5.67Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Tempo – compact and consistent
outdoor applications, ranging from architectural, facade and billboard lighting to
feature a goniometric aiming device for easy of adjustment and alignment.
Access to the lamp and gear is quick and easy, via the hinged front glass with its quick-release
Philips outdoor luminaires5.68 Sports and area lighting
Tempo 1Type
Light source HID:
Lamp included
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Optic
Housing: die-cast aluminum, corrosion-resistant
powder coating
Mounting bracket: steel
Aiming device cap: nylon
Fixation clips: stainless steel
Color
Color-matched bracket, grommet and hinges
Installation
Cable entry via M20 cable gland
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC2
Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-
position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Main applications Area, facade, billboard, architectural lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
806686 00
806693 00
806709 00
806723 00
806730 00
5.69Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Type
Light source HID:
Lamp included
Optic
Housing: die-cast aluminum, corrosion-resistant
powder coating
Mounting bracket: steel
Aiming device cap: nylon
Fixation clips: stainless steel
Color
Color-matched bracket, grommet and hinges
Installation
Cable entry via M20 cable gland
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC2
Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-
position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Main applications Area, facade, billboard, architectural lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
Philips outdoor luminaires5.70 Sports and area lighting
Tempo 3Type
Light source HID:
Lamp included
Optic
Housing: die-cast aluminum, corrosion-resistant
powder coating
Mounting bracket: steel
Aiming device cap: nylon
Fixation clips: stainless steel
Color
Color-matched bracket, grommet and hinges
Installation
Cable entry via M20 cable gland
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC2
Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-
position lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Main applications Area, facade, billboard, architectural lighting
luminaire
Preferred selectionProduct ID
7.65
7.65
8.80
8.80
8.55
8.55
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Adjustment possibilities
Aiming device for easy adjustment and
alignmentIntegrated gear unit
The Hague, The Netherlands
Philips outdoor luminaires5.72 Sports and area lighting
5.73Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
applications. Horizontal and vertical barndoor sets and a louvre are available as optional accessories to shield the lamp from direct view, reduce glare and screen off spill light. A universal mounting bracket allows ceiling, wall or surface mounting.
Philips outdoor luminaires5.74 Sports and area lighting
Type
Light source HID:
Lamp included
No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum, non-
corrosive
Mounting bracket: steel, electrophoretic lacquered
Color Black
Installation
Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.06 m2
Maintenance Hinged cover for lamp replacement
No internal cleaning required
Accessories Barndoor sets, vertical louvers
Main applications Architectural and industrial areas, parks, gardens,
pathways, security
Preferred selectionProduct ID
3.00 276694 99
5.75Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
AccessoriesBarndoor
Product ID
243788 99
Louver
Product ID
Philips outdoor luminaires5.76 Sports and area lighting
in black and white versions and with two differently sized brackets.
5.77Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Type
Light source Halogen:
Lamp included No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Housing: die-cast aluminum
Asymmetrical optic: aluminum, corrosion-resistant
Color
Installation Wall mounting
Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.025 m2
Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass
Accessories
Main applications
areas
Preferred selectionProduct ID
0.73
Preferred selectionProduct ID
0.73
Philips outdoor luminaires5.78 Sports and area lighting
Adjustment possibilities
Accessories
Product ID Product ID
277059 99
5.79Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Philips outdoor luminaires5.80 Sports and area lighting
sturdy and economical
80º up and down. Barndoor sets and vertical louvers are available as optional accessories to shield the lamp from direct view, reduce glare and screen off spill light. A universal mounting bracket allows wall or surface mounting.
Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
Type
Light source Halogen:
Lamp included No
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Housing: die-cast aluminum, non-corrosive
Mounting bracket: electrophoretic steel
Screws: stainless steel, corrosion-resistant
Connection block: injection-molded polyamide,
heat-resistant
Color
Installation Wall or surface mounting
Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC
Max adjustment from the horizonal: 80º
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.028 m2
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.075 m2
Projected area in horizontal position: 0.084 m2
Maintenance Hinged front glass for in-position lamp replacement
Accessories Barndoor sets, vertical louvers
Adjustable over 80º up and down
Main applications Architectural, shopping and industrial areas, parks,
gardens, pathways, security
Philips outdoor luminaires5.82 Sports and area lighting
Preferred selectionProduct ID
0.97 243832 99
Preferred selectionProduct ID
Preferred selectionProduct ID
2.33
Adjustment possibilitiesAdjustment possibilities
5.83Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting
Spor
ts an
d ar
ea lig
htin
g
AccessoriesBarndoor
Product ID
243788 99
243849 99
Louver
Product ID
243795 99
243825 99
Amenity lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires6.2 Amenity lighting
ObstiVision
the promise of a safe journeyThe ObstiVision LED is a dedicated maintenance-free obstacle light for aviation warning purposes and features LUXEON® K2 LEDs. Its advanced high-power LED with optimized optical design is able to create a reliable system based on only one single LED. It is suitable to be used as a Low Intensity, Type A obstacle light according to ICAO standards. The key applications are telecom towers, buildings, power transmission towers, airports and general aviation warning purposes.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 6.3Amenity lighting
Am
enity
light
ing
ObstiVision
Type XGP501
Light source Luxeon® K2 LED, with superior packaging and low
thermal resistance
Light color Red
Light intensity (ICAO) >15 cd
Power supply 90 - 265 V AC / 50 - 60 Hz
Power consumption Max 5 W
Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum
Cover: glass, UV-protected clear, 5 mm thick
Stainless steel plate to support LED unit
Color Yellow, powder painted
Installation Pipe installation: the standard luminaire comes with
threaded base (G1”)
Terminal block for 2 x (0 to 2.5 mm2) cables
Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 70ºC
Drag factor (Cx): 1.2
Max SCx value by side: 0.0202 m2
Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)
Remarks Complies with International Civil Aviation
Organization (ICAO) standards and recommended
practices
– Aerodromes Annex 14 Volume 1, 3rd edition
– July 1999, Chapter 6
Wind load at 200 km/h or less than 40 N
Weight: 1.35 kg
Main applications High buildings, towers, airports, general aviation
warning purposes
XGP501
ObstiVision XGP501 amenity-lighting
luminaire
XGP501 1xLED-K2/RD 100-240V IP66 1.38 810614 00
Philips outdoor luminaires6.4 Amenity lighting
FGC/SGS/XGC113
FGC/SGS/XGC113 – all-night lightingFGC/SGS/XGC113 are low-energy security luminaires for all-night security and amenity lighting. The high optical performance of the mirror and refractor bowl produces excellent light distribution for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and surroundings. FGC/SGS/XGC113 offer a choice of long-life lamps for low maintenance costs.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 6.5Amenity lighting
Am
enity
light
ing
FGC/SGS/XGC113
Type FGC/SGS/XGC113
Light source FGC113
2 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / 11 W
1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-2 / 18 W
SGS113
HID:
1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON PRO / E27 / 70 W
1 x SON / E27 / 70 W
1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG 12-1 / 50 W
XGC113
HID:
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18 W
Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 827)
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Gear (integrated) Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:
Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)
Option Photocell integrated (PH)
Materials Housing: injection-moulded polycarbonate, non-
corrosive
Refractor bowl: polycarbonate, translucent
Color Housing: black
Installation Wall or ceiling mounting
Cable entries on all sides allow through-wiring
Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and
installation material included
Main applications Car parks, underpasses, industrial areas, security
FGC/XGC113 SGS113
FGC113/XGC113 amenity-lighting
luminaire
FGC113 PL-C/2P18W/827 IC 230V 1.90 926483 00
FGC113 PL-C/2P18W/827 IC 230V PH 1.90 926834 00
FGC113 2xPL-S/2P11W/827 IC 230V 2.20 926919 00
FGC113 2xPL-S/2P11W/827 IC 230V PH 2.20 926926 00
XGC113 SOX-E18W K 230V 2.40 926476 00
XGC113 SOX-E18W K 230V PH 2.50 926827 00
SGS113 amenity-lighting luminaire
SGS113 SON-I-70W K 230V 4.00 926490 00
SGS113 SON-I-70W K 230V PH 4.00 926841 00
SGS113 SON70W K 230V 4.00 926506 00
SGS113 SON-T70W K 230V 4.00 926896 00
SGS113 SDW-T50W K 230V 0.25 926520 00
Philips outdoor luminaires6.6 Amenity lighting
FWC110/120/121
Philips outdoor luminaires 6.7Amenity lighting
Am
enity
light
ing
FCC110 amenity-lighting luminaire
FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting
luminaire
FWC/XWC120 amenity-lighting
luminaireFWC110 amenity-lighting luminaire
FWC110/120/121 and FCC110/120 – for low-level lightingFWC110/120/121 (wall-mounted) and FCC110/120 (ceiling-mounted) are attractive, low-energy luminaires for all-night security and amenity lighting.
produce excellent light distribution for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and surroundings.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires6.8 Amenity lighting
FWC110/120/121
Type FWC110
FWC/XWC120
FWC/XWC121
Light source FWC110
1 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / 9 W
FWC/XWC120
HID:
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18 W
1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-2 / 18 W
FWC/XWC121
HID:
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18 W
1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-2 / 18 W
Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827)
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Option Photocell integrated (PH)
Materials Housing: injection-moulded ASA, non-corrosive
Bowl: polycarbonate, translucent
Unit plate: polycarbonate
Color Housing: white or black (BK)
Unit plate: white
Installation Wall mounting
Cable entries on all sides allow through-wiring
Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and
installation material included
Main applications Residential areas, industry, security
FWC110 FWC/XWC120FWC/XWC121
FWC110 amenity-lighting luminaire
FWC110 PL-S/2P9W/827 230V II 0.85 000008 99
FWC110 amenity-lighting luminaire
with photocell (PH)
FWC110 PL-S/2P9W/827 230V II PH 0.85 000145 99
Philips outdoor luminaires 6.9Amenity lighting
Am
enity
light
ing
FWC110 amenity-lighting luminaire
with photocell (PH)
FWC110 PL-S/2P9W/827 230V II BK PH 0.85 021737 99
FWC110/120/121
FWC/XWC120 amenity-lighting
luminaire
FWC120 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II 1.20 000985 99
XWC120 SOX-E18W K 230V II 1.60 002385 99
FWC/XWC120 amenity-lighting
luminaire with photocell (PH)
FWC120 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II PH 1.20 001128 99
XWC120 SOX-E18W K 230V II PH 1.60 002521 99
FWC/XWC120 amenity-lighting
luminaire with photocell (PH)
FWC120 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II BK PH 1.20 022369 99
FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting
luminaire
FWC121 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II 1.20 001265 99
XWC121 SOX-E18W K 230V II 1.60 002668 99
Philips outdoor luminaires6.10 Amenity lighting
FWC110/120/121
FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting
luminaire with photocell (PH)
FWC121 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II PH 1.20 001401 99
XWC121 SOX-E18W K 230V II PH 1.60 002804 99
FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting
luminaire
XWC121 SOX-E18W K 230V II BK 1.60 022789 99
FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting
luminaire with photocell (PH)
FWC121 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II BK PH 1.20 023410 99
XWC121 SOX-E18W K 230V II BK PH 1.60 022994 99
ZPC121 Post-top mounting kit for two
luminaires
Philips outdoor luminaires 6.11Amenity lighting
Am
enity
light
ing
FCC110/120
Type FCC110
FCC/XCC120
Light source FCC110
1 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / 9 W
FCC120
1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-2 / 18 W
XCC120
HID:
1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18 W
Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 827)
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Option Photocell integrated (PH)
Materials Housing: injection-moulded ASA, non-corrosive
Bowl: polycarbonate, translucent
Unit plate: polycarbonate
Color Housing and unit plate: white
Installation Surface or recessed ceiling mounting
Cable entries on all sides allow through-wiring
Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and
installation material included
Main applications Residential areas, industry, security
FCC110 FCC/XCC120
FCC110 amenity-lighting luminaire
FCC110 PL-S/2P9W/827 230V II 0.85 000282 99
FCC/XCC120 amenity-lighting
luminaire
FCC120 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II 1.20 000848 99
XCC120 SOX-E18W K 230V II 1.60 002248 99
Philips outdoor luminaires6.12 Amenity lighting
FGC100
FGC100 – slim-lineFGC100 is a decorative, slim-line, low-energy luminaire for indoor or outdoor
diffuser bowl produce excellent light distribution for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and surroundings. Good color rendering and the warm appearance of the PL lamp enhance the decorative effect. FGC100 is suitable for wall or ceiling mounting.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 6.13Amenity lighting
Am
enity
light
ing
FGC100
Type FGC100
Light source
1 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / max 9 W
Lamp included Yes (light color 827)
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Materials Housing: injection-moulded polyester, non-
corrosive
Cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized
Gasket: heat-resistant silicone rubber sealing
Color Housing: black
Cover: white, incorporating opal diffuser
Installation Wall or ceiling mounting
Cable entries at rear end
Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and
installation material included
Main applications Residential areas, industry, security
FGC100
FGC100 amenity-lighting luminaire
FGC100 PL-S/2P9W/827 220-230V 1.20 019437 99
Philips outdoor luminaires6.14 Amenity lighting
FGC111
FGC111 – for orientation and securityFGC111 is a range of decorative, low-energy wall-mounted luminaires for indoor or outdoor orientation and security lighting. An opal diffuser produces mainly downward light distribution for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and surroundings. Good color rendering and the warm appearance of the PL-S 11 W lamp enhance the decorative effect.
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminaires 6.15Amenity lighting
Am
enity
light
ing
FGC111
Type FGC111
Light source
1 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / max 11 W
Lamp included Yes (light color 827)
Mains voltage 230 or 240 V
Option Photocell integrated (PH)
Materials Housing: injection-moulded ASA, non-corrosive
Bowl: polycarbonate, translucent
Unit plate: polycarbonate, white
Color Housing: black
Unit plate: white
Installation Wall mounting
Cable entry at the rear
Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and
installation material included
Main applications Residential areas, industry, security
FGC111
FGC111 amenity-lighting luminaire with
photocell (PH)
FGC111 PL-S/2P11W/827 230V PH 0.80 561282 99
FGC111 PL-S/2P11W/827 230V 0.80 923758 99
Philips outdoor luminaires6.16 Amenity lighting
NyteWatch – a new dawn for motion-sensing security lighting NyteWatch is the next generation of motion-sensing security lighting and combines precision control with cut-off distribution for reduced glare and light pollution.
The built-in automatic sensitivity control keeps the sensor at optimum performance level regardless of the ambient temperature.
NyteWatch’s compact, smooth architectural design blends in with any environment. The unit features an adjustable tilt between cut-off (0°) to forward
NyteWatch
NyteWatch
Philips outdoor luminaires 6.17Amenity lighting
Am
enity
light
ing
Type RWP120
Light source Halogen:
2 x Clickline MV G9 60 W
Lamp included Yes (K)
Mains voltage 230 V
Ballast (integrated) or
(not integrated)
No ballast (230 V halogen)
Optic Asymmetrical beam (A), tiltable 0° to 30° throw
Optical cover Glass
Ignitor Built-in electronic circuit which triples lamp life
Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum
Glass: thermally hardened
Colour Canopy: powder coated black or white
Installation Universal mounting plate adapts easily to a wide
variety of surfaces
Unique swivel design allows for simple mounting to
Adjustable tilt 0-30°
Sensor: integrated in the product
Precision molded Lens
Built-in automatic sensitivity control keeps sensor
at optimum performance regardless of ambient
temperature
240° horizontal and 70° vertical detection
Remarks Motion sensor with
240° horizontal vision plane
70° vertical vision plane
Built-in photo control with ON/OFF switch
3 - 15 minute time delay control
Surge protector
Automatic sensitivity adjustment
Main applications Outdoor motion sensor lighting: garages doorways,
house fronts, entrance portals,canopies, small private
parkings, security lighting
152
208 264
NyteWatch RWP120
Amenity - lighting luminaire
RWP120
Petrol station lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesPetrol station lighting7.2
Lighting for petrol stationsMaking your brand sparkle
With petrol stations often being in isolated locations and having money-handling areas in the open, travelers stopping there at night need to feel safe. Many people feel anxious at petrol stations at night, perceiving them to be dark, intimidating places. Because our lighting solutions deliver high vertical lighting levels, this increases customers’ sense of safety and comfort, as other people and the surroundings are easily visible regardless of the time of day. And if customers feel safe at one of your petrol stations, they are much more likely to be loyal to your brand and will come back, again and again.
Philips outdoor luminaires Petrol station lighting 7.3
Working in conjunction with the oil companies, Philips has developed a wide set of lighting schemes that are tailored to the respective companies’ individual brand image. In doing so, we have drawn upon our extensive experience of lighting design
www.philips.com/lighting
Philips outdoor luminairesPetrol station lighting7.4
Cost of ownership and environment
With operating margins under constant pressure in the highly competitive petrol station
delivering the very best results with the minimum amount of energy consumption and spill light. And as you are entitled to expect from a dedicated partner, our service delivery extends beyond the initial installation, throughout the life of the system.
limiting the use of hazardous 14 15 substances in its products. All Philips products are compliant with existing and upcoming norms on hazardous substances and energy consumption.
are able to calculate exactly the optimum moment for group lamp replacement, so that your station’s safety, visual comfort, presentation, etc. – i.e. your overall branding – is not
Besides general lighting, we can help your signmaker optimize your signage with high-
Philips outdoor luminaires Petrol station lighting
Petro
l sta
tion
light
ing
7.5
to save money.
Philips outdoor luminaires7.6 Petrol station lighting
MINI 300 Cube
Philips outdoor luminaires 7.7Petrol station lighting
Petro
l sta
tion
light
ing
Mini 300 Cube DGP300 post and wall-
mounted luminairemounted luminaireluminaire
Mini 300 Cube – daylight impression
and retail environments.
Philips outdoor luminaires7.8 Petrol station lighting
MINI 300 Cube DBP300
Type
HID:
150 W
250 W lamp version
Flat glass
Options
lamp version only
during warm-up phase of the HID lamp
drawn aluminum hood
Glass: thermally hardened
Color
Installation
luminaire
and plug supplied with the luminaire
Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install; lamp and mounting
DBP300
luminaire
Preferred selectionWeight
8.00 180918 00
8.00 180840 00
9.00 384934 00
9.00 384972 00
9.00 385016 00
9.00 385054 00
Accessories
ZBP300 IP WH 181298 00 GBP300 TB 248854 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 7.9Petrol station lighting
Petro
l sta
tion
light
ing
MINI 300 Cube DBP300
Philips outdoor luminaires7.10 Petrol station lighting
MINI 300 Cube DCP300
Type
HID:
150 W
250 W lamp version
Flat glass
Options
lamp version only
during warm-up phase od the HID lamp
drawn aluminum hood
Glass: thermally hardened
Color
Installation Ceiling mounted
with luminaire
Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install; lamp and installation
Philips outdoor luminaires 7.11Petrol station lighting
Petro
l sta
tion
light
ing
DCP300
MINI 300 Cube DCP300
Preferred selectionWeight
7.00 180949 00
7.00 180970 00
7.00 183698 00
8.00 385078 00
8.00 385092 00
8.00 385115 00
8.00 385139 00
Accessories
mounting frame keeps the luminaire
ZCP300 HS WH 381148 00
and foolproof
Philips outdoor luminaires7.12 Petrol station lighting
MINI 300 Cube DGP300
Type
HID:
150 W
250 W lamp version
Flat glass
Options
during warm-up phase of the HID lamp
lamp version only
drawn aluminum hood
Glass: thermally hardened
Color
Installation
Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install; lamp and installation
DGP300
Mini 300 Cube DGP300 post and wall
mounted luminaire mainly for petrol
stations
Preferred selectionWeight
9.00 180598 00
9.00 181045 00
9.00 181083 00
10.00 385153 00
10.00 385177 00
Philips outdoor luminaires 7.13Petrol station lighting
Petro
l sta
tion
light
ing
AccessoriesWeight
ZGP300 MBW L210 SI 3.40 181328 00
ZGP300 MBW L600 SI 4.80 181335 00
MINI 300 Cube DGP300
ZGP300 MBW L210 ZGP300 MBW L600
Weight
ZGP300 MBP-T L590 SI 4.20 181304 00
ZGP300 MBP-T L1195 SI 6.50 181311 00
ZGP300 MBP-T L590
ZGP300 MBP-T L1195
Philips outdoor luminaires7.14 Petrol station lighting
illuminance, as required on vertically oriented objects like the sides of pumps and cars. An
specially designed mounting frame allows quick and easy installation by one person.
Philips outdoor luminaires 7.15Petrol station lighting
Petro
l sta
tion
light
ing
Type
HID:
Glass: thermally hardened
Drop hinges: stainless-steel
Color
Installation
fasteners
Remarks
MPF111
petrol stations
Preferred selectionWeight
12.00 386303 00
12.00 386327 00
12.00 386341 00
12.00 386365 00
Technical dataContents
8.2 Safety and protection of luminaires8.6 Gear types8.8 LED technology
8.12 Lamp survey8.18 Glossary of lighting terminology8.24 Index
Technical data8.2
Technical data
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Electrical supplyAn important step has been taken to harmonise the European mainssupply voltage. From 2003 onwards the voltage delivered for use inbuildings is 230V/400V with a tolerance of ± 10%.Philips luminaires are designed for the future and will operate wellon the supply of today and tomorrow. An example is the electronicballast designed for a rated mains voltage of 220-240V, with tolerancefor safety of +/- 10% and tolerances for performance of –8% and +6%,covering the full range between 202V and 254V.
Electrical safety classes
against electrical shock. In normal operation as well as during serviceand maintenance, luminaires should be protected against electricalshock.The safety of a luminaire depends on electrical, mechanical andthermal aspects, both under normal and fault conditions.The electrical
The table gives a brief description of each electrical safety class.
can be summarized as printed below. If a protective earth connection
outdoor locations. Local electricity boards can provide the appropriateadvice.
Class I - symbol
metal parts that could conceivably become live in the presence of afault.
must include an earth wire.
Class II - symbol Luminaires in this class are designed and constructed in such a waythat exposed metal parts cannot become live.This can be achievedby means of either reinforced or double insulation, but without aprovision for protective earthing.
Class III - symbol The luminaires in this class are those in which protection againstelectric shock relies on supply at Safety Extra-LowVoltage (SELV),typically 12V or 24V, and in which voltages higher than those of SELV
Ambient temperaturePhilips luminaires are designed to meet the (environmental) conditionsunder which they are most likely to be used.The maximum ambienttemperature Ta under which a luminaire can be operated safely, isindicated on the type label on the product; if no indication is giventhe product is intended for a maximum ambient temperature of
high-bay applications are designed for ambient temperatures as high
ambient temperature may reduce safety margins and will mostly leadto a reduction of the lifetime of the various components. Electronicequipment, ballasts and lighting controls are particularly sensitive tooverheating.Although (extremely) low temperatures do not normallyaffect the safety of luminaires, this may affect operation during thestarting-up phase of the lamp. Fluorescent lamps should not be used
lamps for outdoor use.
Protection against electrical shock
Safety class Symbol Protection
I Basic insulation plus protective earth connector
II Double or reinforced insulation, no provision for
protective earthing
III Supply of safety extra-low voltage
Technical data8.4
Protection against ingress of solid objects, dust and moisture
degrees of protection against the ingress of foreign bodies, dust and
tools coming into contact with the electrical live parts of the product.Both safety aspects (contact with live parts) and harmful effects on
EN 60598, chapter 9. Some testing methods from EN 60529 werefound to be inappropriate for luminaires and it must be noted that
during testing.
Protection against ingress of dust, solid objects and moisture
First number
Degree of protection against accidential contact/contact with external elements
Second number:
Degree of protection against ingress of moisture
First
number Description Explanation
Second
number Description Explanation
0 Non-protected Not protected 0 Non-protected Not protected against moisture
1 Protected against solid objects exceeding
50 mm in diameter
1 Drip-proof against
vertical water drops
Water drips falling vertically shall have no
harmful effect
2 Finger-protected Protected against finger contact with live
parts; and against solid objects exceeding
12 mm in diameter
2 Drip-proof when tilted
at angles of up to 15°
Water drips shall have no harmful effect
3 Tool-protected Protected against contact with live parts by
tools, wire or similar objects over 2.5 mm
thick; and protection against penetration of
solid objects exceeding 2.5 mm in diameter
3 Rain-/spray-proof Water falling at an angle of up to 60° shall
have no harmful effect
4 Wire-protected Protected against contact with live parts by
tools, wire or similar objects over 1 mm thick;
protection against penetration of solid objects
exceeding 1 mm in diameter
4 Splash-proof Splashing water from any direction shall have
no harmful effect
5 Dust-accumulation-
protected parts and against harmful accumulation of
dust; some dust may penetrate but not to the
extent that operation is impaired
5 Jet-proof Water projected by a nozzle from any
direction shall have no harmful effect. (Nozzle
diameter 6.3 mm, pressure 30 kPa)
6 Dust-penetration-
protected parts and against penetration of dust
6 Jet-proof Water projected by a nozzle from any
direction shall have no harmful effect. (Nozzle
diameter 12.5 mm, pressure 100 kPa)
7 Watertight Watertight; temporary immersion in water
under specified conditions of pressure and
time possible without ingress of water in
harmful quantities
8 Pressure watertight Pressure watertight; continuous submersion
in water under specified conditions of
pressure and time without ingress of water in
harmful quantities
The designation to indicate the degree of protection consists of thecharacteristic letters IP followed by 2 digits indicating conformity with
parts), however a selection of luminaires, especially those for industrial
only secured if the necessary maintenance is carried out accordingto the instructions of the manufacturer within the time schedulesindicated.
Technical data
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Protection against mechanical shock
luminaire against mechanical shock.The European standard EN 50102
(IK code) and the method of testing.The luminaire housing should
its electrical and mechanical safety, or the basic luminaire function.Translated into a more practical implementation, this means thatafter withstanding the shock, deformation of the mirror and housing
Protection against mechanical shock
IK code Shock energy (joules) Description Example
IK00 -
IK01 0.15
IK02 0.2 Standard Standard open luminaire, closed luminaire with acrylic cover
IK03 0.3
IK04 0.5 Standard plus Open luminaire with reinforced optical system
IK05 0.7
IK06 1
IK07 2 Reinforced
IK08 5 Vandal-protected
IK09 10
IK10 20 Vandal-resistant
Flammability
materials special measures should be taken. Luminaires for dischargelamps with no warning sign to indicate that they are unsuitable for
Ball impact resistance For indoor sports halls ball-impact-resistant luminaires are essential.As no European standards have been developed for this purpose,
DIN 18032.After the impact test according to this standard(36 handballs targeted at a speed of 60 km/h) no damage of theluminaire should have occurred and no loose particles should dropdown from the luminaire.The symbol for a ball-impact-resistantluminaire is the football. Luminaires protected by a wire guard with agrid width exceeding 60 mm are not to be used in tennis sports halls.
Symbol Application
Suitable for direct mounting on
non-conbustible surfaces
Stone, concrete
Suitable for direct mounting on
normally flammable surfaces
Ignition temperature materials
time lag
Suitable for direct mounting in/
on normally flammable surfaces
where thermally insulating
material may cover the luminaire
Ignition temperature materials
time lag
Suitable for direct mounting on
easily flammable surfaces, where
combustible dust is present
Ignition temperature materials
lag
Safety distance
distributions of a high intensity, a minimum distance between lightsource and illuminated surface has to be ensured.This is to preventtoo high temperatures of the illuminated surface. Minimum values for
values must be considered as the shortest distances permittedbetween light source and illuminated object or surface to ensurelong-lasting safe operation.
is allowed, although broken lamps, an unsafe electrical situation and
The impact resistance is expressed as a group numeral, for instanceIK06, which is related to the impact energy.All types of Philips luminaires have a minimum impact resistance of
energy expressed in joules. Notice that fully vandal-proof luminairesare not available; vandal-protected (IK09) and vandal-resistant (IK10)
Technical data
Gear typesFluorescent and high-intensity discharge lamps require a device to limitthe current due to the unfavorable current-voltage characteristics ofthe lamps.Traditionally this has been achieved using electromagneticcontrol gear in combination with either a glow-starter switch or an
and high-intensity discharge lamp/luminaires are available with theelectromagnetic type of ballast system. From the point of view ofenergy consumption the electromagnetic control gear system is less
gear instead.Electronic control gear offers a number of advantages in comparison
- The electronic ballast offers interesting cost savings, such asreduction in energy consumption of about 25%, extension of thelamp life up to 50% and, moreover, lower maintenance costs.
- Application of electronic ballasts adds to the comfort in numerous
automatically switched off; smooth and rapid starting is ensured
high frequency at which the lamps are operated.- Extra safety is assured through over-voltage detection, protected
control of the mains voltage input and a noticeably lower operatingtemperature.
instance, are dimmable if a regulating ballast is selected, allowingfor adjustment of lighting levels to personal preference and theopportunity for additional savings on energy, e.g. by daylight-linkedlighting control.
will operate only on electronic control gear.
Electronic transformersPhilips offers high frequency electronic transformers for operationwith 12V halogen lamps up to and including 150 W. Electronictransformers are compact, lightweight and are also dimmable.They fully comply with the applicable safety and radiofrequencyinterference standards. Over conventional gear they offer self-resettingshort-circuit protection, thermal-switch interruption for overloadprotection, temperature protection by output voltage reduction andinaudible operation. Electronic transformers produce a constantoutput voltage, ensuring long lamp life and a constant light level.
The Federation of National Manufacturers’ Associations for
celma.org.
Class Typical ballast type
A1 Dimmable electronic ballasts (best energy performance)
A2 Electronic ballasts with reduced losses
A3 Electronic ballasts
B1 Magnetic ballasts with very low losses
B2 Magnetic ballasts with low losses
Magnetic ballasts with moderate losses
D Magnetic ballasts with very high losses (lowest energy performance)
Technical data 8.7
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Fluorescent ballast types
working in accordance with the DALI Protocol. DALI stands for Digital
HF-DALI (HFD)Electronic regulating ballast for TL5, PL-L and TL-D lamps.The high-frequency regulating ballasts permit light output regulationdown to 3% via the DALI control input.
HF-MATCHBOX (HFM)
lamps up to 25 W.These high-frequency ballasts offer more freedom ofluminaire design.
HF-REGULATOR (HFR)Electronic regulating ballast for TL5, PL-L and TL-D lamps.These high-frequency regulating ballasts permit light output regulationdown to 3% of the maximum light output by the 1-10V control input.
automatic lighting control systems like Luxsense.
circuit (alpha-control) to ensure that lamp life is unaffected by thedimming level, that lamp operation is stable in every dimming settingand that energy savings are maximized when the lamp is dimmed.
HF-REGULATOR II TOUCH AND DALI (HFD-T) The new-style electronic regulating ballast for TL5, PL-L andTL-D lamps. Standard push buttons can be used to dim the lightoutput down to 3%.The lamp can also be switched on or off usingthe push-button control.
HF-PERFORMER (HFP)Electronic ballast for TL5, PL-L and TL-D lamps.These high-frequency ballasts offer low energy consumption.A warm-start circuit that preheatsthe lamp electrodes enables the lamp to beswitched on and off without reducing its useful life.
HID ballast typesPhilips supplies electronic control gear for metal halide and low- andhigh-pressure sodium lamps up to and including 150 W.They offerimproved start-up performance and color stability, and prevent lamp
are equipped with 1-10V or DALI control input. Larger conventionalballasts for SON lamps of 250/400 W can be controlled by means of
DynaVision (EBR)The compact DynaVision ballasts allow for light regulation down to
will increase lamp life by between 20 and 30%. Full protection againstfault conditions and a self-stopping facility prevent cycling of old lamps.
PrimaVision (EB)The compact PrimaVision ballasts provide constant power regulation
offer full protection against fault conditions, and a self-stopping facility,which prevents cycling of old lamps.
kinds of lamp types can be found at
8.8 Technical data
The principles of LED technologyThe basis for light generation inside a Light Emitting Diode (LED),a solid-state semiconductor, is the conversion of electrical energydirectly into light.On its most basic level this can be seen as an electron that movesfrom one material into another while losing an amount of energy. Dueto the law of conservation of energy, this loss of energy needs to beconverted and, inside a LED, this energy is converted into radiationenergy composed of light in the visible part of the spectrum, and a bitof infrared radiation dissipated as heat.The LED is comprised of two semiconductor regions, a positiveelectrically charged or p-region and a negative electrically chargedor n-region, see diagram 1. In the p-region there is a shortage ofelectrons and in the n-region a surplus of electrons.When voltage
electrons move across the p-n junction, from the n-region into thep-region.The process of an electron moving through the p-n junctionreleases energy.The dispersion of this energy produces photons withvisible wavelengths.The higher the energy released, the shorter thewavelength becomes. Low-energy photons will emit in the infraredpart of the spectrum, and as the energy increases, the color of thelight will change from deep red, via yellow, green, cyan and blue to theultra-violet part of the spectrum – in fact it follows the colors of therainbow.
White light and RGB (red, green and blue)A white LED consists of a blue LED chip and a yellow phosphorcoating, see diagram 2.The blue photons generated in thesemiconductor chip can either pass the phosphor layer unaffected, orbe converted into yellow photons.These two colors – blue and yellow– combine to produce white light.
It is also possible to generate white light with the aid of a red, greenand blue LED. Such LED array systems are called RGB systems.Normally the RGB systems are used to make different color effects.With a RGB system all colors of light within the color triangle can beproduced.
different advantages will be important.Architectural applications will
signal market is focused on maximizing energy savings and reducingmaintenance costs to practically zero.
P-material
N-material
Yellow Photon
Blue Photon
Blue PhotonPhosphor
Blue LED Chip
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Technical data
• Much longer life, up to 50 000 hours at 70 per cent of lumenmaintenance
• Reduced maintenance cost
fading of color pigments and textile
• Robust, vibration-proof, solid-state lighting• Less light pollution due to precise optical control
• Dynamic color control, white point adjustable• Fully dimmable without color variation• Instant switch-on at full color and full lighting level
• Install and forget for a long time
• No hazardous metals e.g. mercury in the light source
• Low voltage dc operation
• Sealed for life waterproof luminaires
Value chain
chip to luminaire, with increasing complexity and value. Philipsundertakes business activities at all levels of the value chain.
Level 0. LED chipSemiconductor chips are the basis for every LED and these are grownin complex wafer production equipment.The wavelength of the LED
the tolerance.
Level 1. LED component
determined and the chip is connected to its package by means of bondwires for external connections.
Level 2. LED arrayA miniature printed circuit board is used to connect one or moreLEDs, possibly together with driver electronics, and acts as a thermalinterface between LEDs and heat sink.
Level 3. LED moduleA LED module combines heat sink, optics and separate driver in onemodule, ready to be installed in a luminaire.
Level 4. LED luminaireA LED luminaire can be connected directly to the outside,mechanically and electrically. It houses, supplies power to and protectsthe LED array(s) from the environment while maintaining optimaloperating conditions.Philips LEDline is an example of a level-4 product.
LED lighting systemA LED lighting system comprises several components like a powersupply, controller, control interface and luminaire/LED arrays/optics.In many cases one or more components are combined in one productfor ease of installation. In other cases there might be a need for more
supply or control interface may be shared by a group of luminaires.
Lighting controlsThe revolution of LED technology for lighting creates new possibilitiesin the application of lighting. In many applications the dynamiccharacter of LED enables a lighting solution to create a uniqueexperience. By using RGB colors or variation in color temperature, all
lighting design or application, both indoor and outdoor.To enable thesedynamic lighting solutions there is a need for lighting control systemsthat create the right experience for the customer. Philips provides arange of smart scene-setting lighting controllers that offers a reliablesolution for any project, from simple color selection at the push of abutton or the turn of a wheel to fully automated, pre-programmedlight control and or multimedia integration.
Level 0 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4LEDor
lamp
LED’s onLED modulewith opticsand driver
Luminaire
Technical data
Color characteristics of lampsLamps do not all emit light of the same color.There is, for example, astriking difference between the pronounced amber light from standardsodium lamps and the white light from most other lamps. Even then,one white light is not the same as another.To select the right lightsource for the color characteristics required, two separate parametershave to be considered, i.e. the color temperature of the emitted lightand its color rendering.
Color temperature
color impression of the area, the color temperature of the light sourceplays an essential role.To enable an objective comparison of the colorimpressions from various sources, subjective terms such as the popularwords ‘cool’ and ‘warm’ are inadequate.A precise scale is required andgiven by the term ‘correlated color temperature’; the color gradationof the light is compared with the light emitted by an intensely heatediron bar of which the temperature is known. In this way, the light color
represents warm, yellow, orange or red light and a high colortemperature cool, blue or violet light.
2000 - 3000 K warm/cosy
the colors 827 and 927 and the SDW-T White SON lamp. Generallyused for intimate and cosy environments where the emphasis is on apeaceful relaxing ambience.
3000 - 4000 K warm/neutralThe color from halogen lamps, color 830 and 930 (compact)
where people are active, requiring a welcoming comfortable ambience.
4000 - 5000 K neutral/cool
5000 K and above daylight and cool daylight
colors 850, 865, 950 and 965 and the new ActiViva colors 451 and 452.
Color renderingThe perception of surface colors, the color rendering of the light,depends on the color content of the incident light.The light emittedby a light source is composed of a mixture of colors, all in differentintensities.A change in the color mixture and intensity yields adifferent color rendering.
rendering properties.The same is true for halogen lamps.The reason
for this is the continuous spectrum of the sources, which is typical for
Most gas discharge sources, however, have an interrupted or line
gas discharge lamps, to excellent, with the color 90 De Luxe series
When selecting a particular lamp type, a clear understanding of thecolor rendering properties is essential.A fair indication is given by the
source with the highest color rendering index. Incidentally, it is
temperature.
In practice, three color rendering categories are normally found.
Excellent color rendering properties.Applications are mainly those where correct color appraisal is acritical task.
Good color rendering properties.Applications in areas where critical color appraisal is not the primaryconsideration but where good rendition of colors is essential.
Moderate to poor color rendering properties.Applications in areas where the quality of color rendering is of minorimportance.
The choice in favor of a particular color rendering class does, ofcourse, depend on the demands that an application makes on a lamp.
Technical data 8.11
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Color impression
Light color Color temperature
in kelvin
Type of lamp or lamp color *
17000
8000
6500
452
451
865, 965
Daylight 6000
5000
4500
4200
850, 950
Neutral white 4000
3500
3400
840, 940
warm white
3000
2900
2800
2700 Incandescent, 827, 927
2500
2150
SDW-T
Very warm white 2000K SON PIA Plus
Color rendering
Indoor applications CRI Type of lamp or lamp color *
Excellent 100
92
90
Incandescent, halogen 12V, 230V
927, 930, 940, 950, 965
Good 83
82
80
SDW-T
451, 452, 827, 830, 840, 850, 865
Moderate 75
70
69
65
60
54
25
33
Insufficient 55
50 29
Poor 45
40
25
SON Plus
SON
Areas of application
is determined by light color temperature and color rendering.Room furnishings of wood and fabrics in warm colors require warmlighting in the colors 827 or 927. For pleasing light the colors 830 and930 are most suitable for many applications.The more business-like theinteriors are, the cooler the light can be. Furniture using chromium, glassand marble, or in black and white, is emphasised by the neutral light
where there is a high daylight content.
colors 830 and 840 as they produce the highest light output.
rendering.
Technical data8.12
Lamp type Philips Product-
Identification Code
(PRID)
Commercial product name Color
temp. Tc
Color rend.
Ra (cd)
Luminous flux
(lm)/intensity
Wattage
incl. gear
Halogen MASTERline ES (50mm)
3000K 100 6500 (cd) 20W
3000K 100 1000 (cd) 20W
3000K 100 - 20W
3000K 100 11000 (cd) 30W
3000K 100 3350 (cd) 30W
3000K 100 1600 (cd) 30W
3000K 100 150 (cd) 30W
3000K 100 1325 (cd) 35W
3000K 100 4200 (cd) 35W
3000K 100 2200 (cd) 35W
3000K 100 1050 (cd) 35W
3000K 100 16000 (cd) 45W
3000K 100 5450 (cd) 45W
3000K 100 2850 (cd) 45W
3000K 100 1300 (cd) 45W
Halogen Compact
2900K 100 825 (lm) 60W
2900K 100 1600 (lm) 100W
2900K 100 2400 (lm) 150W
2900K 100 3400 (lm) 200W
Halogen Small
Plusline Small 150W R7s 230V IBB 2900K 100 2250(lm) 150W
Plusline Small 200W R7s 230V IBB 2900K 100 3520(lm) 200W
Plusline Small 1500W R7s 230V IBB 2900K 100 5600(lm) 300W
Plusline Small 2000W R7s 230V IBB 2900K 100 9900(lm) 500W
Halogen Large
2900K 100 16900(lm) 750W
2900K 100 24200(lm) 1000W
2900K 100 36300(lm) 1500W
2900K 100 48400(lm) 2000W
HV Reflector
2800K 100 - 50W
2800K 100 - 50W
2800K 100 - 75W
2800K 100 - 75W
2800K 100 - 100W
2800K 100 - 100W
2800K 100 - 75W
2800K 100 - 75W
2800K 100 - 100W
2800K 100 - 100W
Compact Fluorescent Integrated PL*E/C
2700K 82 800(lm) 5W
2700K 82 600(lm) 8W
2700K 82 900(lm) 11W
Technical data
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Lamp type Philips Product-
Identification Code
(PRID)
Commercial product name Color
temp. Tc
Color rend.
Ra (cd)
Luminous flux
(lm)/intensity
Wattage
incl. gear
PL*E/T
PLE-T 15W 2700K 82 875(lm) 15W
PLE-T 20W 2700K 82 1200(lm) 20W
PLE-T 23W 2700K 82 1575(lm) 23W
PLE-T 27W 2700K 82 1800(lm) 27W
Compact Fluorescent Non-integrated PL-C/2P
3000K 82 600(lm) 17W
3000K 82 900(lm) 17W
3000K 82 1200(lm) 25W
3000K 82 1800(lm) 33W
4000K 82 600(lm) 17W
4000K 82 900(lm) 17W
4000K 82 1200(lm) 25W
4000K 82 1800(lm) 33W
PL-C/4P
3000K 82 600(lm) 12W
3000K 82 900(lm) 15W
3000K 82 1200(lm) 18W
3000K 82 1800(lm) 26W
4000K 82 600(lm) 12W
4000K 82 900(lm) 15W
4000K 82 1200(lm) 18W
4000K 82 1800(lm) 26W
PL-L/4P
PL-L/18W/830 MASTER PL-L 18W/830/4P 3000K 82 1200(lm) 27W
PL-L/24W/830 MASTER PL-L 24W/830/4P 3000K 82 1800(lm) 32W
PL-L/36W/830 MASTER PL-L 36W/830/4P 3000K 82 2900(lm) 44W
PL-L/18W/840 MASTER PL-L 18W/840/4P 4000K 82 1200(lm) 27W
PL-L/24W/840 MASTER PL-L 24W/840/4P 4000K 82 1800(lm) 32W
PL-L/36W/840 MASTER PL-L 36W/840/4P 4000K 82 2900(lm) 44W
PL-L/40W/840 MASTER PL-L 40W/840/4P 4000K 82 3500(lm) 44W
PL-L/55W/840 MASTER PL-L 55W/840/4P 4000K 82 4800(lm) 58W
PL-L/80W/841 MASTER PL-L 80W/840/4P 4000K 82 6000(lm) 88W
PL-S/2P
PL-S/2P5W/830 MASTER PL-S PRO 5W/830/2P 3000K 82 250(lm) 10W
PL-S/2P7W/830 MASTER PL-S PRO 7W/830/2P 3000K 82 400(lm) 12W
PL-S/2P9W/830 MASTER PL-S PRO 9W/830/2P 3000K 82 600(lm) 14W
PL-S/2P11W/830 MASTER PL-S PRO 11W/830/2P 3000K 82 900(lm) 16W
PL-S/2P5W/840 MASTER PL-S PRO 5W/840/2P 4000K 82 250(lm) 10W
PL-S/2P7W/840 MASTER PL-S PRO 7W/840/2P 4000K 82 400(lm) 12W
PL-S/2P9W/840 MASTER PL-S PRO 9W/840/2P 4000K 82 600(lm) 14W
PL-S/2P11W/840 MASTER PL-S PRO 11W/840/2P 4000K 82 900(lm) 16W
PL-S./4P
PL-S/4P5W/830 MASTER PL-S 5W/830/4P 3000K 82 250(lm) 5W
PL-S/4P7W/830 MASTER PL-S 7W/830/4P 3000K 82 400(lm) 8W
PL-S/4P9W/830 MASTER PL-S 9W/830/4P 3000K 82 600(lm) 10W
PL-S/4P11W/830 MASTER PL-S 11W/830/4P 3000K 82 900(lm) 13W
Technical data8.14
Lamp type Philips Product-
Identification Code
(PRID)
Commercial product name Color
temp. Tc
Color rend.
Ra (cd)
Luminous flux
(lm)/intensity
Wattage
incl. gear
PL-S/4P5W/840 MASTER PL-S 5W/840/4P 4000K 82 250(lm) 5W
PL-S/4P7W/840 MASTER PL-S 7W/840/4P 4000K 82 400(lm) 8W
PL-S/4P9W/840 MASTER PL-S 9W/840/4P 4000K 82 600(lm) 10W
PL-S/4P11W/840 MASTER PL-S 11W/840/4P 4000K 82 900(lm) 13W
Compact Fluorescent Non-integrated PL-T/2P
PL-T/2P13W/830 MASTER PL-T 13W/830/2P 3000K 82 900(lm) 17W
PL-T/2P18W/830 MASTER PL-T 18W/830/2P 3000K 82 1200(lm) 26W
PL-T/2P26W/830 MASTER PL-T 26W/830/2P 3000K 82 1800(lm) 33W
PL-T/2P13W/840 MASTER PL-T 13W/840/2P 4000K 82 900(lm) 17W
PL-T/2P18W/840 MASTER PL-T 18W/840/2P 4000K 82 1200(lm) 26W
PL-T/2P26W/840 MASTER PL-T 26W/840/2P 4000K 82 1800(lm) 33W
PL-T/4P
PL-T/4P 13W/830 MASTER PL-T 13W/830/4P 3000K 82 900(lm) 15W
PL-T/4P 18W/830 MASTER PL-T 18W/830/4P 3000K 82 1200(lm) 18W
PL-T/4P 26W/830 MASTER PL-T 26W/830/4P 3000K 82 1800(lm) 26W
PL-T/4P 32W/830 MASTER PL-T 32W/830/4P 3000K 82 2400(lm) 35W
PL-T/4P 42W/830 MASTER PL-T 42W/830/4P 3000K 82 3200(lm) 46W
PL-T/4P 57W/830 MASTER PL-T 57W/830/4P 3000K 82 4300(lm) 62W
PL-T/4P 13W/840 MASTER PL-T 13W/840/4P 4000K 82 900(lm) 15W
PL-T/4P 18W/840 MASTER PL-T 18W/840/4P 4000K 82 1200(lm) 18W
PL-T/4P 26W/840 MASTER PL-T 26W/840/4P 4000K 82 1800(lm) 26W
PL-T/4P 32W/840 MASTER PL-T 32W/840/4P 4000K 82 2400(lm) 35W
PL-T/4P 42W/840 MASTER PL-T 42W/840/4P 4000K 82 3200(lm) 46W
PL-T/4P 57W/840 MASTER PL-T 57W/840/4P 4000K 82 4300(lm) 62W
Induction QL
2900K 80 3650(lm) 55W
3750K 80 3650(lm) 55W
2900K 80 6200(lm) 85W
3750K 80 6300(lm) 85W
3000K 80 12000(lm) 165W
3850K 80 12000(lm) 165W
2600K 80 3550(lm) 55W
2550K 80 6100(lm) 85W
2600K 80 11000(lm) 165W
5000K 80 3550(lm) 55W
5000K 80 6100(lm) 85W
5000K 80 11000(lm) 165W
H.I.D. Mercury HP
3400K 58 1800(lm) 59W
3400K 57 3600(lm) 90W
3400K 55 6200(lm) 139W
3300K 51 14200(lm) 274W
3500K 47 24200(lm) 428W
4200K 49 1800(lm) 59W
4200K 48 3700(lm) 90W
4100K 46 6200(lm) 139W
4100K 45 12700(lm) 274W
3900K 45 22000(lm) 426W
Technical data
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Lamp type Philips Product-
Identification Code
(PRID)
Commercial product name Color
temp. Tc
Color rend.
Ra (cd)
Luminous flux
(lm)/intensity
Wattage
incl. gear
MASTER Colour
3000K 81 2200(lm) 47W
3000K 81 2200(lm) 47W
3000K 83 4850(lm) 88W
3000K 83 4850(lm) 88W
3000K 81 3300(lm) 47W
3000K 84 6600(lm) 86W
3000K 85 14000(lm) 165W
3000K 89 23000(lm) 271W
3000K 82 6500(lm) 88W
3000K 88 13250(lm) 165W
2800K 83 6300(lm) 86W
2800K 83 8800(lm) 115W
2800K 85 13500(lm) 168W
2800K 85 22500(lm) 271W
3000K 81 3300(lm) 47W
3000K 83 6500(lm) 79W
2820K 78 5600(lm) 86W
2800K 80 8300(lm) 115W
2800K 82 12500(lm) 168W
3000K 85 1650(lm)
3000K 90 3000(lm)
CosmoPolis
2730K 66 6800(lm)) 67W
2860K 66 10400(lm) 154W
2720K 66 4300(lm) 52W
2880K 66 16500(lm) 99W
Metal Halide Low Wattage
4200K 80 5700(lm) 88W
4200K 85 12900(lm) 166W
4200K 85 20000(lm) 273W
3000K 75 6200(lm) 86W
3000K 75 13800(lm) 166W
Metal Halide High Wattage
4500K 65 20500(lm) 266W
4500K 65 35000(lm) 406W
4300K 65 85000l(lm) 1041W
3800K 65 189000(lm) 2035W
4200K 65 183000(lm) 2029W
Metal Halide High Wattage
5600K 85 170000(lm) 1885W
5600K 90 155000(lm) 1885W
5600K 90 180000(lm) 2093W
5600K 90 202000(lm) 2133W
4100K 65 93000(lm) 1100W
4200K 60 210000(lm) 2119W
Technical data
Lamp type Philips Product-
Identification Code
(PRID)
Commercial product name Color
temp. Tc
Color rend.
Ra (cd)
Luminous flux
(lm)/intensity
Wattage
incl. gear
Metal Halide High Wattage
4200K 80 22000(lm) 1078W
5600K 90 190000(lm) 1078W
4200K 80 100000(lm) 2123W
5600K 90 90000(lm) 2123W
Standard SON
SON 50W 2000K 25 3500(lm) 60W
SON 70W 2000K 25 5600(lm) 83W
SON-PP100W MASTER SON-PIA Plus 100W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 10200(lm) 116W
SON-PP150W MASTER SON-PIA Plus 150W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 17000(lm) 169W
SON-PP250W MASTER SON-PIA Plus 250W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 31100(lm) 274W
SON-PP400W MASTER SON-PIA Plus 400W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 55500(lm) 431W
2150K 65 12500(lm) 169W
2150K 65 22000(lm) 274W
2150K 65 37000(lm) 431W
Standard SON
SON-TPP50W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 50W/220 E27 SLV 2000K 25 4400(lm) 60W
SON-TPP70W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 70W/220 E27 SLV 2000K 25 6600(lm) 83W
SON-TPP100W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 100W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 10700(lm) 116W
SON-TPP150W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 150W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 17500(lm) 169W
SON-TPP250W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 250W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 33200(lm) 274W
SON-TPP400W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 400W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 56500(lm) 431W
SON-TPP600W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 600W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 20 90000(lm) 647W
SON-T1000W SON-T 1000W/220 E40 ISL 2000K 25 130000(lm) 1065W
2150K 65 13000(lm) 168W
2150K 65 23000(lm) 274W
2150K 65 38000(lm) 431W
White SON
SDW-T35W MASTER SDW-T 35W/825 PG12-1 SLV 2500K 83 1300(lm) 43.8W
SDW-T50W MASTER SDW-T 50W/825 PG12-1 SLV 2500K 83 2300(lm) 67.8W
SDW-T100W MASTER SDW-T 100W/825 PG12-1 SLV 2550K 83 5000(lm) 116.3W
Sodium LP
1800K - 1800(lm) 23.2W
1800K - 3600(lm) 31.6W
1800K - 6200(lm) 47.2W
1800K - 10500(lm) 83.5W
1800K - 17500(lm) 106.5W
1800K - 26200(lm) 148W
1800K - 4550(lm) 43W
1800K - 7800(lm) 65W
1800K - 13700(lm) 101W
1800K - 22600(lm) 155W
1800K - 32000(lm) 196W
8.17Technical data
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Technical data8.18
Average illuminance
Unit: lux (lx) = lm/m2
Symbol: Eav
BallastElectrical device used with discharge lamps for stabilising the currentin the discharge.
Beam spreadAngle in the plane through the beam axis over which the luminousintensity drops to a stated percentage (e.g. 50%) of its peak intensity.
BrightnessAttribute of visual sensation according to which an area appears to
now reserved for descriptions of color. Luminosity should be used inother instances.
Candela
lumen per steradian.
CDM
Color appearanceGeneral expression for the color impression received when looking ata light source.
Color change The facility to change the color temperature of a lighting installationmakes it possible to create a more comfortable working environmentor to introduce dynamic lighting effects.
Color renderingAbility of a light source to render colors naturally, without distortingthe hues seen under a full spectrum radiator (like daylight or
Color rendering index CRI
Symbol: Ra
Color temperatureTemperature in kelvin of a full spectrum radiator most closelyapproximate to the color appearance of a light source at the same
data lamps’.Unit: kelvin, KSymbol: Tc
The relevant luminance difference between two parts in accordance
L1 - L2
L2
DALIDigital Addressable Lighting Interface, a standardized communication
ballasts on and off.
Daylight linking
Daylight linking is a technique that regulates the light output ofluminaires in accordance with daylight conditions, thus maintaining aconstant level of indoor lighting and ensuring comfort at all times.
DiffuserOptical element used to mix light rays to improve uniformity orreduce glare.An opal cover is an example of a diffuser.
Direct lightingLighting by means of luminaires with a light distribution such that
directly, assuming that this plane is unbounded.
Disability glareGlare that impairs vision.
Discharge lampLamp in which the light is produced, directly or indirectly, by anelectric discharge through a gas, a metal vapour, or a mixture of severalgases and vapours.
Discomfort glareGlare that causes discomfort without necessarily impairing vision.
Technical data
Driver stopping distanceThe total distance travelled while a vehicle is being brought to rest,measured from the position of the vehicle at the instant the driver hasan opportunity to perceive that he should stop his vehicle.
Dust-proof luminaire
cannot enter when it is used in a dust-laden atmosphere.
Emergency lightingLighting provided for use when the supply to the normal lighting fails.
EOC
Escape lightingThat part of emergency lighting provided to ensure that an escape
normal lighting system.
Flashed areaOf a luminaire in a given direction.The area of the orthogonalprojection of the luminous surface on a plane perpendicular to the
characteristics are retained.
Glare
distribution or range of luminance or to extreme contrast in space ortime.
Halogen lampIncandescent lamp in which the inclusion of halogens in the gas
Halogen HV
a transformer.
Halogen LV
electromagnetic transformer is required to operate low-voltagehalogen lamps and is often integrated into the luminaire.
HFDElectronic regulating ballast which enables the light to be dimmed.Ballast functions according to the DALI protocol.
HFD-T
this new-style electronic ballast standard push-buttons can be used todim the light output down to 3%.The lamp can also be switched on oroff using the push-button control.
HFP
HFR
Horizontal illuminance (Ehor)Illuminance incident on the horizontal surface.Unit: lux (lx) = lm/m2
Symbol: Ehor
HPI Plus lampMetal-halide high-intensity discharge lamp combining high luminous
applications are big industrial halls and lighting of discount stores,
Illuminance
in the full summer sun is approx. 100 000 lux. Recommendedilluminances for work places range from 200 lux for rough work to2000 lux for detailed or critical work.Unit: lux (lx) = lm/m2
Symbol: E
Incandescent lampLamp in which light is produced by means of an element heated toincandescence by the passage of an electric current.
Indirect lightingLighting by means of luminaires with a light distribution such that
working plane directly, assuming that this plane is unbounded.
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Technical data
Induction lighting QLElectrode-less induction lighting system characterized by good light
Infrared remote control
lighting and change it at any time.
Isocandela curve (diagram)
joining all adjacent points corresponding to those directions in whichthe luminous intensity is the same, or a plane projection of this curve.
Isolux curve (diagram)Locus of points on a surface where the illuminance has the same value.
Jet-proof luminaireLuminaire constructed to withstand a direct jet of water from anydirection.
LEDLight Emitting Diode used as a light source. Solid-state semiconductor
color or white light.
Light output ratio (LOR)Ratio of the total light emitted by a luminaire to the total light outputof the lamp(s) it contains measured at standard operating conditions.
Low-pressure sodium lampSodium vapour lamp in which the partial pressure of the vapour during
Lumen depreciationThe decline in the light output of a light source during its lifetime.
Luminaire
source (LED or lamp), and which contains all the necessary elements
supply and operating conditions.
LuminanceThe light intensity per square meter of apparent area of the lightsource, luminaire or illuminated surface.Where surfaces are lit,
characteristics of the luminous surface.Unit: cd/m2
Symbol: L
The quantity of light that a light source emits per unit of electrical
for a light source or for a lighting system (lamp and ballast).
source.Unit: lm/W
The total light output emitted by a light source.Also the total lightfalling on a surface.The light output of a light source is measured inlumen.Unit: lumen
Luminous intensity
projector.Unit: candela (cd) = one lumen per steradianSymbol: I
Luminous intensity distribution diagram (table)Luminous intensity shown in the form of a polar diagram, cartesian
The diagram (table) for non-symmetrical light distributions gives the
1. In a vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the luminaire,2. In a plane at right angles to that axis.
Note: The luminous intensity diagram (table) can be used:a.To provide a rough idea of the light distribution of the luminaire,b. For the calculation of illuminance values at a point,c. For the calculation of the luminance distribution of the luminaire.
LuxThe standard unit of illuminance of a surface being lit. One lux equalsone lumen per square meter.
Maintained emergency lightingEmergency lighting where the lamps are operated from the normalsupply during standard conditions. In an emergency situation theemergency lamp (usually one lamp in luminaires of two or morelamps) remains in operation.
Technical data 8.21
Tech
nica
l dat
a
Maintained illuminance (luminance)
of the maintenance cycle, taking into consideration the maintenancefactor.
various activities.Unit: luxSymbol: Em, Lm
Maintenance factor
of lumen depreciation, caused by lamp ageing (lumen depreciation andlamp failure) and dirt accumulation (luminaire and environment).It determines the maintenance cycle needed to ensure that illuminancedoes not fall below the maintained value.
MASTERColour CDM lampSeries of metal-halide discharge lamps with excellent color rendering
Mercury lamp
metal-halide lamps.
Metal-halide lampSingle- or double-ended discharge lamp for use in industry, publicspaces and shops. Metal-halide lamps combine a natural white colorwith a pleasant light and a high luminous intensity.
Movement detectionSensing of occupancy by movement detection ensures lights are
to be controlled.
Non-maintained emergency lightingEmergency lighting where the emergency lighting lamps come intooperation only when the power supply to normal lighting fails.
Obtrusive lightSpill light which because of quantitative, directional and spectralattributes in a given context, gives rise to annoyance, discomfort,distraction or a reduction in the ability to see essential information.
OLC
combination with excellent glare and luminance control all around theluminaire.
OpticA device that changes the direction of a beam of light, usually by
louvers for reduction of glare.
PL lamp
is folded into two, four or six limbs. PL lamps are characterized byunusually high light output for their length.They are applied in compactluminaires for professional and domestic use.Also available withintegrated ballast.
Power factorRatio of the circuit power in watts over the product of the root-mean-square values of voltage and current. For sinusoidal waveforms, it isequal to the cosine of the angle of phase difference between voltageand current. For electronic ballasts the power factor is 0.95 so that noadditional phase compensation is required.
QL lampSee Induction lighting.RefractorOptical element used to concentrate light rays to focus or improvethe direction of light. A prismatic cover is an example of a refractor.
RGBRed, green and blue, used to specify the colors of a light source.
SDW-T
combination with warm-white light.The color rendering is excellent.SDW-T lamps are applied in shops and public spaces where theatmosphere should be warm and cosy.
Sky glow
radiation (visible and non-visible), scattered from the constituents ofthe atmosphere (gas molecules, aerosols and particulate matter, in thedirection of obervation. It comprises two separate components as
radiation from celestial sources and luminescent processes in theearth’s upper atmosphere.
to man-made sources of radiation (e.g. outdoor electric lighting),including radiation that is emitted directly upwards and radiation that
Technical data8.22
Sodium lamp, SON lamp
improved color characteristics, are mainly applied in high-bay industrialapplications.
Solid-state lightingDescription of a lighting device that does not contain moving partsor parts that can break, rupture, shatter, leak or contaminate theenvironment (such as a lamp).
Spill light (stray light)Light emitted by a lighting installation which falls outside theboundaries of the site for which the lighting installation is designed.
Starter
lamp, that preheats the electrodes and/or causes a voltage surge incombination with the series ballast.
Switching and dimming controlAs more and more light sources can be dimmed economically,lighting controls need to provide both switching and light regulatingcapabilities.
TL5
TL5 system offers a superb performance, both in terms of lightingtechnology and energy consumption.
TL-D
Available in a range of colors and color rendering characteristics.
Threshold increment (TI)The measure of disability glare expressed as the percentage increasein the contrast required between an object and its background for itto be seen equally well with a source of glare present.Note: Higher values of TI correspond to greater disability glare.
Uniformity ratio
(Emin/Eave
area (Emin/Emax).
Utilisation factor
Vertical illuminanceIlluminance incident on the vertical surface.Unit: lux (lx) = lm/m2
Symbol: Evert
Visual guidanceThe sum of the measures taken to give the user of a space anunambiguous and immediately recognisable picture of the course ofthe path ahead.Visual guidance is important in shops and other publicbuildings.The lighting designer takes the demands for visual guidanceinto consideration.
Technical data
Tech
nica
l dat
a
8.24
TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE
A
B
D
E
F
G
I
K2
L
M
TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE
N
O
P
R
S
T
V
©2008 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner. The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice. No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use. Publication thereof does not convey nor imply any license under patent- or other industrial or intellectual property rights.
Document order number: 3222 635 54431